1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
52 \use_default_options false
57 \font_typewriter default
58 \font_default_family default
68 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
69 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
73 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
74 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
75 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
212 pt type, left justified, 5
213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
221 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
225 \begin_layout Standard
226 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
239 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
243 \begin_layout Standard
245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
256 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
257 the format of all of the manuals.
258 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
259 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
276 \begin_layout Section
280 \begin_layout Standard
281 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
283 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
284 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
286 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 arg "command-execute"
307 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
310 \begin_layout Standard
311 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
312 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
313 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
315 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
316 only a vertical scrollbar.
317 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
318 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
319 This, however, is due
320 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
321 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
322 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
323 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
325 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
326 this doesn't work for equations yet.
329 \begin_layout Standard
330 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
338 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
343 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
344 ing sections of this documentation.
347 \begin_layout Section
351 \begin_layout Standard
352 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
357 of the manuals from inside LyX.
358 Just select the manual you want read from the
365 \begin_layout Section
367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
369 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
376 \begin_layout Standard
377 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
378 without resorting to configuration files.
379 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
380 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
381 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
396 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
397 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
402 \begin_inset space \space{}
405 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
406 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
408 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
416 Reconfiguration of LyX
421 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
424 \begin_layout Section
426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
428 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
435 \begin_layout Standard
436 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
437 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
460 that will be created when using the menu
462 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
481 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
482 \begin_inset Note Note
485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
486 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
494 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
495 More about TeX Code is described in section
500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
502 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
506 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
513 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
527 Reconfiguration of LyX
535 \begin_layout Chapter
539 \begin_layout Section
540 Basic File Operations
544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
553 \begin_layout Standard
558 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
559 in addition to some more advanced operations:
562 \begin_layout Itemize
566 \begin_inset Graphics
567 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
568 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
575 \begin_layout Itemize
593 \begin_layout Itemize
599 \begin_inset Graphics
600 filename ../images/file-open.png
601 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
608 \begin_layout Itemize
614 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_inset Graphics
621 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
622 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
629 \begin_layout Itemize
639 \begin_layout Itemize
653 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 \begin_inset Graphics
682 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
683 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
690 \begin_layout Itemize
696 \begin_layout Standard
697 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
698 a few minor differences.
701 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
716 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
717 you for a template to use.
718 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
719 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
720 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
728 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
735 \begin_layout Standard
737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
760 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
761 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
764 \begin_layout Standard
785 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
790 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
815 will reload the document from disk.
816 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
817 and want to restore it to the last save.
826 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
827 can identify them as your changes.
830 \begin_layout Section
831 Basic Editing Features
835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
844 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
851 \begin_layout Standard
852 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
853 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
854 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
855 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
857 We'll start with cut and paste.
860 \begin_layout Standard
861 As you might expect, the
865 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
866 various other editing features.
867 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
871 \begin_layout Itemize
877 \begin_inset Graphics
878 filename ../images/cut.png
879 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
886 \begin_layout Itemize
892 \begin_inset Graphics
893 filename ../images/copy.png
894 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
901 \begin_layout Itemize
907 \begin_inset Graphics
908 filename ../images/paste.png
909 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
916 \begin_layout Itemize
926 \begin_layout Itemize
936 \begin_layout Itemize
950 \begin_inset Graphics
951 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
952 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
960 \begin_layout Standard
961 The first three are self-explanatory.
962 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
963 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
972 keys also functions as the
977 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
978 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
983 to get back the lost text.
986 \begin_layout Standard
990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
996 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1000 \begin_inset space ~
1005 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1008 \begin_layout Standard
1011 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1016 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1018 \begin_inset space ~
1022 \begin_inset space ~
1027 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1033 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1037 \begin_inset space ~
1042 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1043 will start a new paragraph.
1046 \begin_layout Standard
1050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1068 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1070 \begin_inset space ~
1074 \begin_inset space ~
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1086 \begin_inset space ~
1092 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1097 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1114 button to skip the current word.
1118 \begin_inset space ~
1123 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1127 \begin_inset space ~
1132 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1134 If the toggle is set, searching for
1135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1146 will not match the word
1147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1161 Match whole words only
1163 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1194 \begin_layout Standard
1195 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1196 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1198 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1203 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1210 \begin_layout Section
1215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1234 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1241 \begin_layout Standard
1242 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1243 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1246 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1249 or the toolbar button
1250 \begin_inset Graphics
1251 filename ../images/undo.png
1252 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1256 to undo some mistake.
1257 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1259 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1262 or the toolbar button
1263 \begin_inset Graphics
1264 filename ../images/redo.png
1265 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1277 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1281 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1284 \begin_layout Standard
1285 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1294 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1295 This is a consequence of the 100
1296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1299 step undo limit, above.
1302 \begin_layout Standard
1311 work on almost everything in LyX.
1312 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1316 \begin_layout Section
1321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1330 \begin_layout Standard
1331 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1334 \begin_layout Enumerate
1339 \begin_layout Itemize
1344 once anywhere in the edit window.
1345 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1349 \begin_layout Enumerate
1354 \begin_layout Itemize
1360 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1363 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1366 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1369 \begin_layout Itemize
1370 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1372 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1379 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1384 \begin_layout Standard
1385 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1386 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1387 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1391 \begin_layout Enumerate
1396 \begin_layout Standard
1401 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1406 \begin_layout Section
1408 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1410 name "sec:Navigating"
1418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1427 \begin_layout Standard
1428 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1431 \begin_layout Itemize
1436 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1437 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1440 \begin_layout Itemize
1443 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1446 or the toolbar button
1447 \begin_inset Graphics
1448 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1449 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1456 \begin_layout Standard
1457 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1458 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1459 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1465 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1470 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1471 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1472 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1473 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1474 to the document, see
1475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1477 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1486 option sorts the current list, and the
1490 option keeps it in the current view state.
1491 Keeping means that when you have e.
1492 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1496 \begin_inset space \space{}
1499 the subsections of section
1500 \begin_inset space ~
1503 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1504 \begin_inset space ~
1507 3, the subsections of section
1508 \begin_inset space ~
1511 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1516 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1517 \begin_inset space ~
1523 \begin_layout Standard
1525 \begin_inset space \space{}
1529 \begin_inset Graphics
1530 filename ../images/down.png
1531 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1536 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1541 \begin_inset space \space{}
1545 \begin_inset Graphics
1546 filename ../images/up.png
1547 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1552 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1556 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1558 So you can for example move section
1559 \begin_inset space ~
1563 \begin_inset space ~
1567 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1569 \begin_inset Graphics
1570 filename ../images/promote.png
1571 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1576 \begin_inset Graphics
1577 filename ../images/demote.png
1578 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1582 or the corresponding key bindings
1590 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1591 So you can for example make section
1592 \begin_inset space ~
1596 \begin_inset space ~
1600 \begin_inset space ~
1606 \begin_layout Section
1611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1684 \begin_layout Standard
1685 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1686 LyX's default is CUA.
1689 \begin_layout Standard
1693 \begin_inset space ~
1701 \begin_inset space ~
1722 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1726 \begin_layout Labeling
1727 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1731 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1732 LatexCommand nomenclature
1734 description "Tabulator key"
1740 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1741 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1742 \begin_inset space ~
1746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1748 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1755 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1759 , especially section
1760 \begin_inset space ~
1764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1766 reference "sub:Lists"
1772 If you're still confused, look in the
1779 \begin_layout Labeling
1780 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1784 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1785 LatexCommand nomenclature
1787 description "Escape key"
1794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1801 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1802 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1805 \begin_layout Labeling
1806 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1812 \begin_inset space ~
1816 \begin_inset space ~
1823 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1824 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1828 \begin_layout Standard
1829 There are three modifier keys:
1832 \begin_layout Labeling
1833 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1851 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1852 LatexCommand nomenclature
1854 description "Control key"
1858 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1859 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1863 \begin_layout Itemize
1872 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1875 \begin_layout Itemize
1884 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1887 \begin_layout Itemize
1896 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1900 \begin_layout Labeling
1901 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1919 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1920 LatexCommand nomenclature
1922 description "Shift key"
1926 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1927 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1930 \begin_layout Labeling
1931 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1949 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1950 LatexCommand nomenclature
1952 description "Alt or Meta key"
1956 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1957 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1958 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1964 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1966 menu accelerator keys
1969 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1970 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1974 \begin_layout Standard
1975 For example, the sequence
1976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1982 \begin_inset space ~
1986 \begin_inset space ~
1992 \begin_inset space ~
2000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2023 \begin_inset space ~
2029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2039 \begin_layout Standard
2040 There are also other things bound to the
2044 key, but you'll have to check in the
2056 \begin_layout Standard
2057 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2058 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2059 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2060 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2061 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2062 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2063 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2064 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2080 followed by a capital
2087 \begin_layout Standard
2088 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2090 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2095 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2098 as explained in sec.
2099 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2105 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2110 \begin_inset Formula \[
2118 \begin_layout Chapter
2123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2132 \begin_layout Section
2137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2146 \begin_layout Subsection
2150 \begin_layout Standard
2151 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2152 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2153 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2154 numbering schemes, and so on.
2155 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2156 and format the title of your document differently.
2159 \begin_layout Standard
2164 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2165 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2166 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2167 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2168 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2171 \begin_layout Standard
2172 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2173 how to adjust their properties.
2176 \begin_layout Subsection
2181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2188 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2190 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2197 \begin_layout Standard
2198 You can select a class using the
2200 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2214 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2218 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2222 \begin_layout Standard
2223 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2227 \begin_layout Description
2228 Article for basic articles
2231 \begin_layout Description
2232 Report for basic reports
2235 \begin_layout Description
2236 Book for writing a book
2239 \begin_layout Description
2240 Letter for US-style letters
2243 \begin_layout Standard
2244 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2246 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2247 can be found in chapter
2249 Special Document Classes
2258 \begin_layout Description
2259 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2262 \begin_layout Description
2269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2278 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2282 \begin_layout Description
2283 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2284 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2285 There are three article layouts available.
2286 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2287 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2288 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2289 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2294 sequential numbering
2295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2298 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2299 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2300 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2301 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2304 \begin_layout Description
2305 Beamer Layout for presentations
2308 \begin_layout Description
2309 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2310 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2314 \begin_layout Description
2316 \begin_inset space ~
2319 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2322 \begin_layout Description
2323 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2326 \begin_layout Description
2329 Die TeXnische Komödie
2331 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2334 \begin_layout Description
2335 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2338 \begin_layout Description
2339 Foils Used to make transparencies
2342 \begin_layout Description
2343 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2346 \begin_layout Description
2347 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2348 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2352 \begin_layout Description
2353 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2354 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2357 \begin_layout Description
2358 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2361 \begin_layout Description
2362 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2365 \begin_layout Description
2366 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2367 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2370 \begin_layout Description
2371 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2374 \begin_layout Description
2379 LaTeX document class
2382 \begin_layout Description
2383 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2386 \begin_layout Description
2391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2398 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2399 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2401 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2404 \begin_layout Description
2405 Slides Used to make transparencies
2408 \begin_layout Description
2410 \begin_inset space ~
2413 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2414 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2417 \begin_layout Description
2418 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2421 \begin_layout Description
2426 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2429 \begin_layout Standard
2430 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2432 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2437 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2438 of the document classes.
2441 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2443 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2462 \begin_layout Standard
2463 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2464 in the chosen document class.
2465 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2467 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2468 the corresponding module in the
2474 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2488 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2492 \begin_layout Standard
2493 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2501 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2502 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2510 \begin_layout Standard
2511 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2519 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2527 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2531 \begin_layout Standard
2532 Each class has a default set of options.
2533 Here's a quick table describing them:
2536 \begin_layout Standard
2537 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2543 \begin_layout Standard
2545 \begin_inset Tabular
2546 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2548 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2549 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2550 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2551 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2552 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3006 \begin_layout Standard
3007 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3013 \begin_layout Standard
3014 You're probably also wondering what
3015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3019 \begin_inset space ~
3023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3027 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3028 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3033 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3038 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3048 headings, there are also
3056 headings, and so on.
3057 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3058 \begin_inset space ~
3062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3064 reference "sub:Headings"
3071 \begin_layout Subsection
3073 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3075 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3104 \begin_layout Standard
3105 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3107 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3118 \begin_inset space ~
3123 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3125 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3126 to use for your document.
3127 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3131 \begin_layout Standard
3138 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3144 \begin_inset space ~
3149 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3150 You can choose between the following five options:
3153 \begin_layout Labeling
3154 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3159 Use default page style of current class.
3162 \begin_layout Labeling
3163 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3168 No page numbers or headings.
3171 \begin_layout Labeling
3172 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3180 \begin_layout Labeling
3181 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3186 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3187 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3188 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3191 \begin_layout Labeling
3192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3197 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3207 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3213 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3214 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3216 Check the documentation for the
3220 package for more details,
3221 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3230 \begin_layout Standard
3235 of paragraphs is described in section
3236 \begin_inset space ~
3240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3242 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3249 \begin_layout Subsection
3250 Paper Size and Orientation
3254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3255 Document ! Paper size
3261 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3263 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3270 \begin_layout Standard
3271 You'll find the following options in the menu
3274 \begin_inset space ~
3279 of the dialog of the
3281 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3299 \begin_layout Labeling
3300 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3304 \begin_inset space ~
3309 What size paper to print on.
3313 \begin_layout Itemize
3319 \begin_layout Itemize
3329 \begin_layout Itemize
3335 \begin_layout Itemize
3341 \begin_layout Itemize
3347 \begin_layout Itemize
3353 \begin_layout Itemize
3359 \begin_layout Labeling
3360 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3365 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3376 \begin_layout Labeling
3377 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3381 \begin_inset space ~
3386 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3387 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3390 \begin_layout Subsection
3392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3421 \begin_layout Standard
3422 Paper margins are set in the menu
3424 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3440 \begin_layout Standard
3441 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3442 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3443 the paper format and the font size into account.
3446 \begin_layout Subsection
3450 \begin_layout Standard
3451 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3456 That includes the paragraph environments.
3457 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3458 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3459 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3460 paragraph environments to
3464 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3465 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3466 the conversion and why it failed.
3469 \begin_layout Section
3470 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3475 Paragraph ! Indentation
3483 \begin_layout Subsection
3485 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3487 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3494 \begin_layout Standard
3495 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3496 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3499 \begin_layout Standard
3500 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3501 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3502 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3503 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3507 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3513 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3514 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3515 language than English.
3516 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3519 \begin_layout Standard
3520 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3521 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3523 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3524 LyX takes care of that.
3525 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3527 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3528 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3529 of a page, and so on.
3533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3534 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3539 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3540 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3544 of these pre-coded spacings.
3545 We'll explain more later.
3548 \begin_layout Subsection
3549 Paragraph Separation
3553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3554 Paragraph ! Separation
3562 \begin_layout Standard
3563 To separate paragraphs, select
3574 \begin_inset space ~
3581 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3594 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3595 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3596 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3599 \begin_layout Standard
3609 \begin_layout Standard
3610 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3611 \begin_inset space ~
3615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3617 reference "cap:Units"
3622 The default length is 30
3623 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3629 \begin_layout Subsection
3633 \begin_layout Standard
3634 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3637 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3639 \begin_inset space ~
3644 dialog and toggle the
3647 \begin_inset space ~
3652 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3653 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3654 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3658 \begin_layout Standard
3659 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3660 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3663 \begin_layout Subsection
3668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3669 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3677 \begin_layout Standard
3680 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3696 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3699 \begin_inset space ~
3708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3709 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3718 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3723 installed to use this feature.
3731 \begin_layout Section
3732 Paragraph Environments
3733 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3735 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3744 Paragraph ! Environments
3753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3754 Paragraph environments|(
3762 \begin_layout Subsection
3766 \begin_layout Standard
3767 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3770 \begin_layout Standard
3789 \begin_inset Newline newline
3792 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3793 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3794 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3803 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3806 \begin_layout Standard
3807 A paragraph environment is simply a
3808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3815 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3816 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3817 scheme, labels, and so on.
3818 Additionally, you can
3819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3826 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3827 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3828 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3829 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3830 days of typewriters.
3831 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3833 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3836 \begin_layout Standard
3837 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3838 \begin_inset Graphics
3839 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3845 at the left end of the toolbar.
3846 LyX will change the environment of the
3850 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3851 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3852 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3856 \begin_layout Standard
3865 create a new paragraph using the
3869 paragraph environment.
3871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3878 because if you are in one of these environments:
3881 \begin_layout Itemize
3887 \begin_layout Itemize
3893 \begin_layout Itemize
3899 \begin_layout Itemize
3905 \begin_layout Itemize
3911 \begin_layout Itemize
3917 \begin_layout Itemize
3923 \begin_layout Standard
3924 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3928 , rather than resetting it to
3933 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3934 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3935 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3936 \begin_inset space ~
3940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3942 reference "sec:Nesting"
3947 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3952 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3953 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3957 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
3963 \begin_layout Subsection
3967 \begin_layout Standard
3968 The default paragraph environment is
3973 It creates a plain paragraph.
3974 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3975 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3976 this manual) are in the
3983 \begin_layout Standard
3984 You can nest a paragraph using the
3988 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3996 \begin_layout Subsection
4001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4010 \begin_layout Standard
4011 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4020 for thanks or contact information.
4021 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4022 page along with today's date.
4023 For other types of documents, the title
4024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4031 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4035 \begin_layout Standard
4036 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4050 Here's how you use them:
4053 \begin_layout Itemize
4054 Put the title of your document in the
4061 \begin_layout Itemize
4062 Put the author name in the
4069 \begin_layout Itemize
4070 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4071 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4077 Note that using this environment is optional.
4078 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4079 If you don't want any date, add the line
4080 \begin_inset Newline newline
4090 \begin_inset Newline newline
4093 to the preamble of your document (menu
4095 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4101 \begin_layout Standard
4102 You can use footnotes to insert
4103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4110 or contact informations.
4113 \begin_layout Subsection
4118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4125 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4134 \begin_layout Standard
4135 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4136 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4139 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4145 Section headings ! Numbered
4153 \begin_layout Standard
4154 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4158 \begin_layout Enumerate
4164 \begin_layout Enumerate
4170 \begin_layout Enumerate
4176 \begin_layout Enumerate
4182 \begin_layout Enumerate
4188 \begin_layout Enumerate
4194 \begin_layout Enumerate
4200 \begin_layout Standard
4201 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4202 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4203 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4206 \begin_layout Standard
4207 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4208 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4209 You group the book into chapters.
4210 LyX does similar grouping:
4213 \begin_layout Itemize
4218 is divided in either
4229 \begin_layout Itemize
4241 \begin_layout Itemize
4253 \begin_layout Itemize
4265 \begin_layout Itemize
4277 \begin_layout Itemize
4289 \begin_layout Standard
4290 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4298 Not all document types use the
4302 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4307 is the top-level heading.
4315 \begin_layout Standard
4320 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4321 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4323 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4335 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4341 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4349 \begin_layout Standard
4350 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4354 \begin_layout Enumerate
4360 \begin_layout Enumerate
4366 \begin_layout Enumerate
4372 \begin_layout Enumerate
4378 \begin_layout Enumerate
4384 \begin_layout Standard
4386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4393 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4394 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4395 table of contents, see section
4396 \begin_inset space ~
4400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4409 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4410 Changing the Numbering
4411 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4413 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4420 \begin_layout Standard
4421 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4422 in the Table of Contents.
4423 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4425 Certain classes start with
4439 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4449 This is something you can change.
4452 \begin_layout Standard
4455 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4475 \begin_inset space ~
4479 \begin_inset space ~
4484 you'll see two counters.
4489 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4491 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4495 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4496 Short Titles of Headings
4500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4501 Section headings ! Short titles
4510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4517 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4519 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4526 \begin_layout Standard
4527 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4528 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4529 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4530 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4533 \begin_layout Standard
4534 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4535 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4536 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4537 To specify a short title, use the menu
4539 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4541 \begin_inset space ~
4547 This will insert a box labeled
4548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4563 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4564 This also works for captions inside floats.
4567 \begin_layout Standard
4568 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4571 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4575 \begin_layout Standard
4576 The following information applies to all section headings:
4579 \begin_layout Itemize
4580 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4583 \begin_layout Itemize
4584 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4587 \begin_layout Itemize
4588 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4591 \begin_layout Itemize
4592 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4595 \begin_layout Subsection
4596 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4599 \begin_layout Standard
4600 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4614 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4615 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4616 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4617 the text they contain.
4618 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4626 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4629 \begin_layout Standard
4630 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4639 when you start a new paragraph.
4640 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4644 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4645 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4646 to change back to the
4650 environment yourself.
4653 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4682 \begin_layout Standard
4683 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4684 time for the differences.
4693 are identical except for one difference:
4697 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4706 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4709 \begin_layout Standard
4710 Here's an example of the
4723 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4725 See -- no indentation!
4729 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4730 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4731 the other paragraph.
4734 \begin_layout Standard
4735 Here's another example, this time in the
4742 \begin_layout Quotation
4748 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4749 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4750 the first line, then
4754 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4758 you were quoting other text.
4761 \begin_layout Quotation
4762 Here's a new paragraph.
4763 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4764 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4767 \begin_layout Standard
4768 As the examples show,
4772 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4773 They should put quotes in the
4778 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4782 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4785 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4813 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4822 \begin_layout Standard
4827 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4833 \begin_inset Newline newline
4836 Which I did not rehearse!
4840 It could be much worse.
4841 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4843 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4844 indented a bit more than the first.
4845 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4851 \begin_inset Newline newline
4854 And make things look fine
4855 \begin_inset Newline newline
4861 arg "newline-insert newline"
4867 \begin_layout Standard
4872 does not indent both margins.
4873 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4874 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4881 arg "newline-insert newline"
4887 \begin_layout Subsection
4892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4899 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4908 \begin_layout Standard
4909 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4919 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4928 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4929 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4930 some general features of all four of them.
4933 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4937 \begin_layout Standard
4938 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4940 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4949 reset the environment to
4953 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4954 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
4955 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4959 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4962 to break paragraphs.
4965 \begin_layout Standard
4966 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4967 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4969 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4970 you read all of section
4971 \begin_inset space ~
4975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4977 reference "sec:Nesting"
4985 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5001 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5010 \begin_layout Standard
5011 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5015 paragraph environment.
5016 It has the following properties:
5019 \begin_layout Itemize
5020 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5024 \begin_layout Itemize
5025 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5028 \begin_layout Itemize
5029 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5033 \begin_layout Itemize
5034 The items can have any length.
5035 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5036 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5043 \begin_layout Itemize
5048 environment inside another
5052 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5056 \begin_layout Itemize
5057 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5060 \begin_layout Itemize
5061 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5064 \begin_layout Itemize
5066 \begin_inset space ~
5070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5072 reference "sec:Nesting"
5076 for a full explanation of nesting.
5080 \begin_layout Standard
5081 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5090 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5093 \begin_layout Standard
5094 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5095 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5096 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5099 \begin_layout Itemize
5100 The label for the first level
5104 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5108 \begin_layout Itemize
5109 The label for the second level is a dash.
5113 \begin_layout Itemize
5114 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5118 \begin_layout Itemize
5119 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5123 \begin_layout Itemize
5124 Back out to the third level.
5128 \begin_layout Itemize
5129 Back to the second level.
5133 \begin_layout Itemize
5134 Back to the outermost level.
5137 \begin_layout Standard
5138 These are the default labels for an
5143 You can customize these labels in the
5145 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5148 dialog in the submenu
5158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5167 \begin_layout Standard
5168 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5169 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5171 \begin_inset space ~
5175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5177 reference "sec:Nesting"
5184 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5200 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5202 name "sec:Enumerate"
5209 \begin_layout Standard
5214 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5215 It has these properties:
5218 \begin_layout Enumerate
5219 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5223 \begin_layout Enumerate
5224 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5228 \begin_layout Enumerate
5229 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5232 \begin_layout Enumerate
5237 environment resets the counter to one.
5240 \begin_layout Enumerate
5253 \begin_layout Enumerate
5254 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5255 Items can have any length.
5258 \begin_layout Enumerate
5259 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5262 \begin_layout Enumerate
5263 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5266 \begin_layout Enumerate
5267 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5271 \begin_layout Standard
5280 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5281 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5288 \begin_layout Enumerate
5289 The first level of an
5293 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5297 \begin_layout Enumerate
5298 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5302 \begin_layout Enumerate
5303 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5307 \begin_layout Enumerate
5308 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5311 \begin_layout Enumerate
5312 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5317 \begin_layout Enumerate
5318 Back to the third level
5322 \begin_layout Enumerate
5323 Back to the second level.
5327 \begin_layout Enumerate
5328 Back to the outermost level.
5331 \begin_layout Standard
5332 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5337 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5342 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5346 \begin_layout Standard
5347 There is more to nesting
5351 environments than we've stated here.
5352 You should read section
5353 \begin_inset space ~
5357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5359 reference "sec:Nesting"
5363 to learn more about nesting.
5366 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5384 \begin_layout Standard
5385 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5389 list has no fixed label.
5390 Instead, LyX uses the first
5391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5398 of the first line as the label.
5402 \begin_layout Description
5403 Example: This is an example of the
5410 \begin_layout Standard
5411 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5415 \begin_layout Standard
5417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5424 it is meant that the first hit of the
5428 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5430 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5441 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5442 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5444 \begin_inset space ~
5450 \begin_inset space ~
5454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5456 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5460 for more info.) Here is an example:
5463 \begin_layout Description
5465 \begin_inset space ~
5468 Example: This one shows how to use a
5471 \begin_inset space ~
5483 \begin_layout Description
5484 Usage: You should use the
5488 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5489 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5491 It's not a good idea to use a
5495 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5496 You're better off using
5508 paragraphs into them.
5511 \begin_layout Description
5512 Nesting: You can nest
5516 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5520 \begin_layout Standard
5521 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5522 them from the first line.
5525 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5543 \begin_layout Standard
5548 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5552 \begin_layout Standard
5561 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5562 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5565 \begin_layout Labeling
5566 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5568 \begin_inset space ~
5571 labels LyX uses the first
5572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5579 of each line as the item label.
5584 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5585 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5586 blank as described above.
5589 \begin_layout Labeling
5590 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5591 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5592 the body of the item text.
5593 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5594 label width plus a little extra space.
5598 \begin_layout Labeling
5599 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5601 \begin_inset space ~
5604 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5606 If the label width is larger, the label
5607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5614 into the first line.
5615 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5616 margin of the rest of the item text.
5619 \begin_layout Labeling
5620 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5622 \begin_inset space ~
5625 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5630 environment have the same left margin.
5631 \begin_inset Newline newline
5634 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5637 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5639 \begin_inset space ~
5648 \begin_inset space ~
5653 determines the default label width.
5654 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5663 multiple times instead.
5664 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5673 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5676 \begin_inset space ~
5681 every time you alter a label in a
5686 \begin_inset Newline newline
5689 The predefined default width is the length of
5690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5699 \begin_inset Newline newline
5703 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5711 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5712 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5720 \begin_layout Standard
5725 environment the same way like the
5729 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5735 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5739 \begin_layout Standard
5744 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5746 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5748 \begin_inset space ~
5752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5754 reference "sec:Nesting"
5758 to learn about nesting.
5761 \begin_layout Standard
5762 There is yet another feature of the
5766 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5768 You can use additional
5772 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5777 are documented in section
5778 \begin_inset space ~
5782 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5784 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5789 Here are some examples:
5792 \begin_layout Labeling
5793 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5794 Left The default for
5801 \begin_layout Labeling
5802 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5803 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5810 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5813 \begin_layout Labeling
5814 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5815 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5819 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5826 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5829 \begin_layout Subsection
5834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5843 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5851 \begin_inset space ~
5859 \begin_layout Standard
5860 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5868 \begin_inset space ~
5874 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5875 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5876 In contrast, you can use the
5883 \begin_inset space ~
5888 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5889 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5893 \begin_layout Standard
5894 Of course, you're not limited to using
5901 \begin_inset space ~
5910 \begin_inset space ~
5915 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5916 some European academic papers.
5919 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5921 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5923 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5930 \begin_layout Standard
5935 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5936 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5940 \begin_inset space ~
5945 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5946 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5947 Here's an example of each:
5950 \begin_layout Right Address
5952 \begin_inset Newline newline
5956 \begin_inset Newline newline
5960 \begin_inset Newline newline
5963 When is it? What is today?
5966 \begin_layout Standard
5970 \begin_inset space ~
5976 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5977 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5978 Here's an example of the
5985 \begin_layout Address
5987 \begin_inset Newline newline
5990 Where do I send this
5991 \begin_inset Newline newline
5994 Your post office and country
5997 \begin_layout Standard
5998 As you can see, both
6005 \begin_inset space ~
6010 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6015 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6021 This makes sense, since
6029 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6030 Thus, you have to use
6037 arg "newline-insert newline"
6043 \begin_inset space ~
6046 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6048 \begin_inset space ~
6057 menu) to start a new line in an
6064 \begin_inset space ~
6072 \begin_layout Subsection
6076 \begin_layout Standard
6077 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6078 or list of references.
6079 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6082 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6098 \begin_layout Standard
6103 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6104 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6105 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6106 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6110 in anything else or vice versa.
6116 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6117 The book document classes ignores the
6121 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6125 in a letter document class.
6128 \begin_layout Standard
6133 environment does several things for you.
6134 First, it puts the centered label
6135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6143 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6145 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6146 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6147 the subsequent text.
6148 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6149 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6152 \begin_layout Standard
6153 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6157 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6158 The new paragraph will still be in the
6163 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6164 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6167 \begin_layout Standard
6168 \begin_inset Float figure
6173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6175 \begin_inset Graphics
6176 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6185 \begin_inset Caption
6187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6188 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6190 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6211 \begin_layout Standard
6212 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6216 environment, but since this document is in the
6217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6224 class, we can't do this.
6225 We inserted it therefore as figure
6226 \begin_inset space ~
6230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6232 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6237 If you've never heard of an
6238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6245 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6248 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6264 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6266 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6273 \begin_layout Standard
6278 environment is used to list references.
6279 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6280 only use it at the end of the document.
6285 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6288 \begin_layout Standard
6289 When you first open a
6293 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6309 depending on the document class.
6310 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6311 Each paragraph of the
6315 environment is a bibliography entry.
6320 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6321 Each new paragraph is still in the
6328 \begin_layout Standard
6329 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6330 by using a BibTeX database.
6331 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6332 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6333 \begin_inset space ~
6337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6339 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6346 \begin_layout Subsection
6353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6354 Paragraph ! LyX code
6360 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6369 \begin_layout Standard
6374 environment is another LyX extension.
6375 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6380 key as a fixed whitespace;
6384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6396 \begin_inset space ~
6401 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6406 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6407 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6410 arg "newline-insert newline"
6427 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6428 So, when you finish using the
6432 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6433 Also, you can nest the
6437 environment inside of others.
6440 \begin_layout Standard
6441 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6444 \begin_layout Itemize
6448 arg "newline-insert newline"
6451 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6452 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6456 \begin_inset space ~
6466 arg "newline-insert newline"
6472 \begin_layout Itemize
6476 arg "newline-insert newline"
6487 \begin_layout Itemize
6492 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6499 \begin_layout Itemize
6508 \begin_layout Itemize
6509 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6510 You must put at least one
6514 in any line you want blank.
6515 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6518 \begin_layout Itemize
6519 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6523 since that will insert
6528 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6531 arg "self-insert \""
6537 \begin_layout Standard
6541 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6545 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6549 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6553 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6557 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6558 printf("Hello World!
6563 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6567 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6571 \begin_layout Standard
6572 This is just the standard
6573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6584 \begin_layout Standard
6589 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6590 rc-files, and so on.
6591 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6592 as if you used a typewriter.
6596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6597 Paragraph environments|)
6605 \begin_layout Section
6606 Nesting Environments
6610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6611 Nesting ! Environments
6617 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6626 \begin_layout Subsection
6630 \begin_layout Standard
6631 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6633 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6635 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6637 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6649 \begin_layout Enumerate
6653 \begin_layout Enumerate
6658 \begin_layout Enumerate
6662 \begin_layout Enumerate
6667 \begin_layout Enumerate
6671 \begin_layout Standard
6672 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6673 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6676 \begin_inset space ~
6680 \begin_inset space ~
6688 \begin_inset space ~
6692 \begin_inset space ~
6701 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6702 will tell you how far you are nested).
6703 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6704 \begin_inset Graphics
6705 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6710 \begin_inset Graphics
6711 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6715 or the convenient key bindings
6726 arg "depth-increment"
6732 arg "depth-decrement"
6735 to change the nesting level.
6736 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6737 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6741 \begin_layout Standard
6742 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6743 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6744 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6745 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6748 \begin_layout Standard
6749 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6750 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6752 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6755 \begin_layout Subsection
6756 What You Can and Can't Nest
6759 \begin_layout Standard
6760 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6761 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6764 \begin_layout Standard
6765 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6766 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6767 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6770 \begin_layout Itemize
6771 Completely unnestable
6774 \begin_layout Itemize
6775 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6776 other things inside of them.
6779 \begin_layout Itemize
6780 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6784 \begin_layout Standard
6785 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6786 environments have them:
6789 \begin_layout Description
6790 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6791 Can't nest into them.
6795 \begin_layout Itemize
6801 \begin_layout Itemize
6807 \begin_layout Itemize
6813 \begin_layout Itemize
6819 \begin_layout Itemize
6826 \begin_layout Description
6828 \begin_inset space ~
6831 Nestable You can nest them.
6832 You can nest other things into them.
6836 \begin_layout Itemize
6842 \begin_layout Itemize
6848 \begin_layout Itemize
6854 \begin_layout Itemize
6860 \begin_layout Itemize
6866 \begin_layout Itemize
6872 \begin_layout Itemize
6878 \begin_layout Itemize
6885 \begin_layout Description
6886 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6887 You can't nest anything into them.
6891 \begin_layout Itemize
6897 \begin_layout Itemize
6903 \begin_layout Itemize
6909 \begin_layout Itemize
6915 \begin_layout Itemize
6921 \begin_layout Itemize
6927 \begin_layout Itemize
6933 \begin_layout Itemize
6939 \begin_layout Itemize
6945 \begin_layout Itemize
6951 \begin_layout Itemize
6957 \begin_layout Itemize
6963 \begin_layout Itemize
6969 \begin_layout Itemize
6973 \begin_inset space ~
6979 \begin_layout Itemize
6986 \begin_layout Standard
6987 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6995 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7004 \begin_inset space ~
7008 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7012 \begin_inset space \space{}
7015 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
7016 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
7017 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
7025 \begin_layout Subsection
7026 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7031 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7039 \begin_layout Standard
7040 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7041 affected by nesting anyhow.
7045 \begin_layout Itemize
7049 \begin_layout Itemize
7053 \begin_layout Itemize
7057 \begin_layout Standard
7059 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7067 Figures and tables in
7071 are not affected by this.
7076 Have a look at section
7077 \begin_inset space ~
7081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7083 reference "sec:Floats"
7087 for more informations about
7094 \begin_layout Standard
7095 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7096 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7100 \begin_layout Standard
7101 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7109 of its own, it behaves just like a
7110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7117 paragraph environment.
7118 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7122 \begin_layout Standard
7123 Here's an example with a table:
7126 \begin_layout Enumerate
7131 \begin_layout Enumerate
7132 This is (a) and it's nested.
7136 \begin_layout Standard
7137 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7143 \begin_layout Standard
7145 \begin_inset Tabular
7146 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7148 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7149 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7233 \begin_layout Standard
7234 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7241 \begin_layout Enumerate
7243 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7247 \begin_layout Enumerate
7251 \begin_layout Standard
7252 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7255 \begin_layout Enumerate
7260 \begin_layout Enumerate
7261 This is (a) and it's nested.
7265 \begin_layout Standard
7266 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7272 \begin_layout Standard
7274 \begin_inset Tabular
7275 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7277 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7278 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7362 \begin_layout Standard
7363 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7369 \begin_layout Enumerate
7376 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7379 \begin_layout Enumerate
7383 \begin_layout Standard
7384 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7388 \begin_layout Standard
7389 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7391 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7394 \begin_layout Enumerate
7399 \begin_layout Enumerate
7400 This is (a) and it's nested.
7403 \begin_layout Standard
7404 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7410 \begin_layout Standard
7412 \begin_inset Tabular
7413 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7415 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7416 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7500 \begin_layout Standard
7501 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7507 \begin_layout Enumerate
7509 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7517 \begin_layout Enumerate
7521 \begin_layout Standard
7522 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7528 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7529 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7533 \begin_layout Subsection
7534 Usage and General Features
7537 \begin_layout Standard
7538 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7547 is the innermost possible depth.
7548 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7551 \begin_layout Enumerate
7552 level #1 - outermost
7556 \begin_layout Enumerate
7561 \begin_layout Enumerate
7566 \begin_layout Enumerate
7571 \begin_layout Itemize
7576 \begin_layout Itemize
7585 \begin_layout Standard
7586 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7587 both of them in the example.
7588 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7598 For example, if we tried to nest another
7603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7613 \begin_layout Subsection
7618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7627 \begin_layout Standard
7628 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7629 We have several examples of nested environments.
7630 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7634 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7635 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7638 \begin_layout Labeling
7639 \labelwidthstring MMM
7640 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7649 \begin_layout Labeling
7650 \labelwidthstring MMM
7651 #2-a This is level #2.
7652 We created it by using
7655 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7661 arg "depth-increment"
7668 \begin_layout Labeling
7669 \labelwidthstring MMM
7670 #3-a This is level #3.
7671 This time, we just hit
7678 arg "depth-increment"
7682 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7686 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7692 arg "depth-increment"
7699 \begin_layout Standard
7704 environment, nested inside of
7705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7713 So, it's at level #4.
7714 We did this by hitting
7717 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7723 arg "depth-increment"
7726 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7731 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7747 \begin_layout Standard
7752 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7755 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7761 \begin_layout Labeling
7762 \labelwidthstring MMM
7763 #4-a This is level #4.
7767 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7770 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7775 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7779 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7784 keep nesting things inside of
7785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7796 \begin_layout Labeling
7797 \labelwidthstring MMM
7798 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7803 \begin_layout Labeling
7804 \labelwidthstring MMM
7805 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7806 and this is level #6.
7807 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7811 \begin_layout Labeling
7812 \labelwidthstring MMM
7813 #5-b Back to level #5.
7817 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7823 arg "depth-decrement"
7830 \begin_layout Labeling
7831 \labelwidthstring MMM
7835 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7841 arg "depth-decrement"
7844 , we're back at level #4.
7848 \begin_layout Labeling
7849 \labelwidthstring MMM
7850 #3-b Back to level #3.
7851 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7855 \begin_layout Labeling
7856 \labelwidthstring MMM
7857 #2-b Back to level #2.
7862 \begin_layout Labeling
7863 \labelwidthstring MMM
7864 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7865 After this sentence, we'll hit
7869 and change the paragraph environment back to
7876 \begin_layout Standard
7877 We could have also used the
7893 environment in place of the
7898 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7901 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7902 Example 2: Inheritance
7905 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7906 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7909 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7918 arg "depth-increment"
7921 , after which, we'll change to the
7929 \begin_layout Enumerate
7934 environment, at level #2.
7937 \begin_layout Enumerate
7938 Notice how the nested
7942 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7946 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7950 \begin_layout Standard
7951 We ended this example by hitting
7956 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7960 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7963 arg "depth-decrement"
7969 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7970 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7983 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7991 \begin_layout Enumerate
7992 This is level #1, in an
7996 paragraph environment.
7997 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8001 \begin_layout Enumerate
8006 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8012 arg "depth-increment"
8016 Now, what happens if we nest an
8020 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8021 label be? An asterisk?
8025 \begin_layout Itemize
8035 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8036 So, its label is a bullet.
8037 (We got here by using
8040 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8046 arg "depth-increment"
8049 , then changing the environment to
8057 \begin_layout Itemize
8058 Here's level #4, produced using
8061 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8067 arg "depth-increment"
8071 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8076 \begin_layout Enumerate
8077 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8079 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8084 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8088 , because we are in the
8097 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8116 \begin_layout Enumerate
8121 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8122 type of numbering does LyX use?
8125 \begin_layout Enumerate
8126 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8129 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8132 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8135 \begin_layout Enumerate
8139 arg "depth-decrement"
8142 to decrease the depth after the next
8145 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8152 \begin_layout Enumerate
8154 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8158 \begin_layout Enumerate
8160 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8161 numeral as the label.Why?
8164 \begin_layout Enumerate
8165 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8174 Notice, however, that LyX
8178 reset the counter for the label.
8182 \begin_layout Enumerate
8186 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8192 arg "depth-decrement"
8195 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8196 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8197 into the twofold-nested
8205 \begin_layout Enumerate
8206 The same thing happens if we do another
8209 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8215 arg "depth-decrement"
8218 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8221 \begin_layout Standard
8222 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8227 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8241 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8247 The same rule applies for the
8251 environment, as well.
8254 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8255 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8258 \begin_layout Enumerate
8259 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8260 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8261 same detail with how we did it.
8270 \begin_layout Standard
8278 arg "depth-increment"
8285 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8286 example in parentheses someplace.
8287 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8288 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8289 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8293 \begin_layout Enumerate
8298 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8303 Now we'll add verse.
8304 \begin_inset Newline newline
8307 It will get much worse.
8308 \begin_inset Newline newline
8318 arg "depth-increment"
8329 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8330 \begin_inset Newline newline
8333 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8334 \begin_inset Newline newline
8340 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8353 \begin_layout Standard
8354 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8360 \begin_layout Standard
8362 \begin_inset Tabular
8363 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8365 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8366 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8455 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8465 arg "depth-increment"
8471 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8481 arg "depth-decrement"
8488 \begin_layout Enumerate
8493 : level #1) This is another item.
8494 Note that selecting a
8498 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8499 3 times to put the table inside the
8507 \begin_layout Quotation
8508 We're now ending the
8512 list and changing to
8517 We're still at level #1.
8518 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8519 The next set of paragraphs is a
8520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8534 \begin_inset space ~
8539 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8543 for the letter body.
8547 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8550 to preserve the depth.
8551 Remember that you need to use
8554 arg "newline-insert newline"
8557 to create multiple lines inside the
8564 \begin_inset space ~
8574 \begin_layout Right Address
8576 \begin_inset Newline newline
8579 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8580 \begin_inset Newline newline
8586 \begin_layout Address
8588 \begin_inset space ~
8594 \begin_layout Quotation
8595 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8596 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8599 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8600 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8601 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8602 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8603 as soon as possible.
8604 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8607 \begin_layout Quotation
8608 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8609 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8610 with your order, along with payment.
8613 \begin_layout Quotation
8614 We thank you again for your patience.
8617 \begin_layout Address
8619 \begin_inset Newline newline
8626 \begin_layout Quotation
8627 That ends that example!
8630 \begin_layout Standard
8631 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8632 just a few keystrokes.
8633 We could have easily nested an
8654 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8657 \begin_layout Section
8658 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8671 \begin_layout Standard
8672 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8673 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8674 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8675 be broken at the end of a line.
8676 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8680 \begin_layout Subsection
8682 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8684 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8701 \begin_layout Standard
8702 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8704 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8708 Further documentation is given in section
8709 \begin_inset Newline newline
8713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8715 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8723 \begin_layout Standard
8724 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8739 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8748 A protected space is set with
8750 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8751 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8755 \begin_inset space ~
8769 \begin_layout Subsection
8771 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8773 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8782 Spacing ! Horizontal
8790 \begin_layout Standard
8791 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8793 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8794 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8798 The length units are listed in Appendix
8799 \begin_inset space ~
8803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8805 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8814 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8816 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8833 \begin_layout Standard
8835 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8839 \begin_inset space \space{}
8842 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8843 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8844 \begin_inset space ~
8848 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8850 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8855 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8856 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8859 arg "space-insert normal"
8865 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8869 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8886 \begin_layout Standard
8888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8895 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8904 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8905 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8906 inside abbreviations:
8911 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8915 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
8918 \begin_layout Standard
8919 or between values and units.
8920 Compare for example this:
8921 \begin_inset Newline newline
8925 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8929 \begin_inset Newline newline
8935 \begin_layout Standard
8936 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8938 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8939 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8941 \begin_inset space ~
8949 arg "space-insert thin"
8955 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8957 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8959 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8966 \begin_layout Standard
8967 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8970 \begin_layout Description
8972 \begin_inset space ~
8976 \begin_inset space ~
8980 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8984 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8988 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8991 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8994 \begin_layout Description
8996 \begin_inset space ~
9000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9004 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9008 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9012 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9016 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9019 em) space between the arrows.
9022 \begin_layout Description
9024 \begin_inset space ~
9028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9032 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9036 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9040 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9044 \begin_inset space ~
9048 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9051 em) space between the arrows.
9054 \begin_layout Description
9056 \begin_inset space ~
9060 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9064 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9068 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9072 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9076 \begin_inset space ~
9080 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9083 em) space between the arrows.
9086 \begin_layout Description
9088 \begin_inset space ~
9092 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9096 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9101 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9105 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9108 cm space between the arrows.
9111 \begin_layout Standard
9113 \begin_inset space ~
9117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9119 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9123 lists the different space sizes.
9126 \begin_layout Standard
9127 \begin_inset Float table
9132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9134 \begin_inset Caption
9136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9137 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9139 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9143 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9153 \begin_inset Tabular
9154 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9156 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9157 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9197 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9221 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9245 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9269 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9284 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9297 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9312 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9340 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9353 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9374 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9392 \begin_layout Standard
9393 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9394 in a uniform fashion.
9395 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9396 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9397 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9398 equally between themselves.
9402 \begin_layout Standard
9403 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9408 This is on the left side
9409 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9412 This is on the right
9418 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9422 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9431 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9435 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9439 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9445 \begin_layout Standard
9446 That was an example in the
9452 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9456 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9460 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9463 is one in a standard paragraph.
9464 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9468 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9471 \begin_layout Standard
9472 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9475 \begin_inset space ~
9480 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9483 \begin_layout Standard
9485 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9489 \begin_inset space ~
9495 \begin_layout Standard
9497 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9501 \begin_inset space ~
9507 \begin_layout Standard
9509 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9513 \begin_inset space ~
9519 \begin_layout Standard
9521 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9525 \begin_inset space ~
9531 \begin_layout Standard
9533 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9537 \begin_inset space ~
9543 \begin_layout Standard
9545 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9549 \begin_inset space ~
9555 \begin_layout Standard
9556 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9564 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9568 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9569 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9570 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9574 option in the space dialog.
9582 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9596 \begin_layout Standard
9597 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9599 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9603 \begin_inset space \space{}
9606 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9609 \begin_layout Standard
9610 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9613 What is correct English?:
9614 \begin_inset Newline newline
9618 \begin_inset Newline newline
9622 \begin_inset space ~
9625 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9626 \begin_inset Newline newline
9633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9644 \begin_inset Newline newline
9651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9662 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9668 \begin_layout Standard
9669 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9674 \begin_inset space ~
9678 \begin_inset space ~
9682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9686 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9698 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9702 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9704 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9708 for more information about TeX-Code.
9714 In our case write the command
9721 (note the space after
9722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9729 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9730 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9731 That is why it is named
9732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9744 There exists also the commands
9756 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9757 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9758 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9760 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9772 \begin_layout Subsection
9774 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9776 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9793 \begin_layout Standard
9794 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9796 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9797 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9799 \begin_inset space ~
9805 There you find the following sizes:
9808 \begin_layout Standard
9821 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9826 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9828 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9841 for the paragraph separation.
9842 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9853 \begin_layout Standard
9862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9868 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9869 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9871 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9872 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9881 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9890 s are described in section
9891 \begin_inset space ~
9895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9897 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9906 If there are several
9910 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9911 You can therefore use
9915 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9918 \begin_layout Standard
9923 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9924 \begin_inset space ~
9928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9930 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9937 \begin_layout Standard
9938 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9948 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9949 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9961 \begin_layout Subsection
9965 \begin_layout Standard
9966 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9968 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9972 There are four possibilities:
9975 \begin_layout Itemize
9981 \begin_layout Itemize
9987 \begin_layout Itemize
9993 \begin_layout Itemize
9999 \begin_layout Standard
10000 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10001 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10002 the left and right margins.
10003 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10006 \begin_layout Standard
10008 This paragraph is right aligned,
10011 \begin_layout Standard
10013 this one is centered,
10016 \begin_layout Standard
10018 this one is left aligned.
10021 \begin_layout Subsection
10026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10027 Page breaks ! Forced
10033 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10035 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10042 \begin_layout Standard
10043 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10044 can force a page break where you want one.
10045 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10046 Only if you use many
10050 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10053 \begin_layout Standard
10054 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
10055 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10059 have to change the page breaking.
10062 \begin_layout Standard
10063 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10065 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10067 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10068 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10070 \begin_inset space ~
10076 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10078 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10079 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10081 \begin_inset space ~
10086 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10088 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10089 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10092 \begin_layout Standard
10093 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10094 at the top of a page.
10095 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10096 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10097 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10098 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10102 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10106 to learn more about
10113 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10115 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10117 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10126 Page breaks ! Clear
10134 \begin_layout Standard
10135 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
10136 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
10137 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
10138 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
10139 if necessary by adding pages.
10142 \begin_layout Standard
10143 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10145 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10146 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10148 \begin_inset space ~
10154 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10156 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10157 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10159 \begin_inset space ~
10163 \begin_inset space ~
10168 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10169 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10172 \begin_layout Subsection
10177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10184 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10186 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10193 \begin_layout Standard
10194 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10196 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10198 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10199 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10201 \begin_inset space ~
10205 \begin_inset space ~
10213 arg "newline-insert newline"
10217 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10219 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10220 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10222 \begin_inset space ~
10226 \begin_inset space ~
10231 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10233 This is necessary to avoid
10234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10241 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10244 \begin_layout Standard
10245 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10246 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10247 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10248 set a line break, e.
10249 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10253 \begin_inset space \space{}
10256 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10257 \begin_inset space ~
10261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10263 reference "sec:Quote"
10268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10270 reference "sec:Verse"
10275 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10277 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10284 \begin_layout Subsection
10286 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10288 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10305 \begin_layout Standard
10310 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10311 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10313 \begin_inset space ~
10318 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10324 \begin_layout Section
10325 Characters and Symbols
10328 \begin_layout Standard
10329 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10330 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10335 \begin_inset space \space{}
10338 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10340 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10346 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10350 for informations how this is done.
10353 \begin_layout Standard
10354 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10359 dialog via the menu
10361 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10362 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10368 \begin_layout Standard
10369 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10377 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10378 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10379 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10387 \begin_layout Section
10388 Fonts and Text Styles
10389 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10391 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10398 \begin_layout Subsection
10403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10412 \begin_layout Standard
10413 There are two types of fonts:
10416 \begin_layout Description
10418 \begin_inset space ~
10425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10431 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10432 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10436 characters) in the font.
10437 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10438 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10439 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10440 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10441 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10442 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10443 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10444 provide a good image.
10445 \begin_inset Newline newline
10448 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10449 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10450 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10451 sizes than at small ones.
10452 \begin_inset Newline newline
10466 \begin_inset space ~
10474 \begin_layout Description
10476 \begin_inset space ~
10483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10489 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10490 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10491 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10492 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10493 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10494 picture manipulation program.
10495 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10496 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10497 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10498 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10499 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10501 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10502 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10503 \begin_inset Newline newline
10506 Bitmap fonts are named
10509 \begin_inset space ~
10514 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10517 \begin_layout Standard
10518 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10519 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10520 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10521 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10522 use scalable fonts.
10525 \begin_layout Standard
10526 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10527 its document properties.
10530 \begin_layout Standard
10531 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10532 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10533 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10534 font to emphasize text, you use an
10535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10543 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10544 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10548 \begin_layout Subsection
10549 Document Font and Font size
10550 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10552 name "sub:Document-Font"
10560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10579 \begin_layout Standard
10580 You can set the document fonts in the
10582 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10590 Document ! Settings
10596 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10597 font shapes roman (serif),
10600 \begin_inset space ~
10612 \begin_layout Standard
10613 The possible options for the font include
10617 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10622 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10644 European Computer Modern
10647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10657 \begin_layout Standard
10666 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10667 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10672 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10675 \begin_inset space ~
10680 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10686 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10687 There are three ways to use one:
10690 \begin_layout Itemize
10691 One way is to use the
10701 Virtual means that it
10702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10713 -glyphs from other fonts.
10714 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10736 Loading the LaTeX-package
10744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10745 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10750 with the document preamble line
10753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10758 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10762 will fix the guillemet problem.
10767 and that accented characters are not
10771 glyph, they are build of
10775 characters, the accent and the letter.
10776 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10780 fonts for words with accented characters.
10781 If you search for example for the French word
10782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10789 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10798 and not for the glyph
10799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10803 \begin_inset space ~
10807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10813 \begin_layout Itemize
10814 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10827 , consist of these three main font types
10830 \begin_inset space ~
10859 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10863 \begin_inset space ~
10870 as typewriter font.
10871 \begin_inset Newline newline
10874 The differences between roman,
10877 \begin_inset space ~
10886 fonts are explained in section
10887 \begin_inset space ~
10891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10893 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10898 \begin_inset Newline newline
10905 was originally designed for newspapers.
10906 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10907 into the small newspaper columns.
10912 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10915 \begin_layout Itemize
10916 The best solution is to use the
10925 These fonts were developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10929 as the default font.
10930 In most cases they look the same as
10938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10939 One difference is improved kerning for the
10952 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
10963 \begin_layout Standard
10964 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10967 For the font size there are four possible values:
10984 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10987 \begin_layout Standard
10988 The font sizes are the
10993 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
10994 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10995 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10998 \begin_inset space ~
11004 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11005 \begin_inset space ~
11009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11011 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11018 \begin_layout Standard
11023 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11024 a font to display the script characters.
11028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11029 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11034 So this has no effect for the document language
11050 \begin_layout Standard
11051 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11055 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11063 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11067 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11068 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11069 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11071 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11074 dialog, see section
11075 \begin_inset space ~
11079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11081 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11093 \begin_layout Subsection
11094 Using Different Character Styles
11098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11117 \begin_layout Standard
11118 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11119 certain paragraph environments.
11120 LyX supports two character styles,
11129 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11133 \begin_layout Standard
11138 style, do one of the following:
11141 \begin_layout Itemize
11142 click on the toolbar button
11143 \begin_inset Graphics
11144 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11151 \begin_layout Itemize
11152 use the key binding
11161 \begin_layout Standard
11162 These commands are all toggles.
11167 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11170 \begin_layout Standard
11171 One typically uses the
11175 style for proper names.
11177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11184 is the original author of LyX.
11185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11191 \begin_layout Standard
11192 A more widely used character style is the
11197 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
11204 \begin_layout Itemize
11205 clicking on the toolbar button
11206 \begin_inset Graphics
11207 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11214 \begin_layout Itemize
11215 using the keybindings
11224 \begin_layout Standard
11229 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11230 es use a different font.
11233 \begin_layout Standard
11234 We've been using the
11238 style all over the place in this document.
11239 Here's one more example:
11242 \begin_layout Quotation
11245 Don't overuse character styles!
11248 \begin_layout Standard
11249 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11250 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11251 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11252 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11256 \begin_layout Standard
11257 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11265 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11267 \begin_inset space ~
11275 \begin_layout Subsection
11276 Fine-Tuning with the
11281 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11283 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11300 \begin_layout Standard
11301 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11302 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11303 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11304 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11305 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11306 from ordinary dialog.
11309 \begin_layout Standard
11310 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11311 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11312 \begin_inset Newline newline
11315 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11316 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11319 \begin_layout Standard
11320 To use custom character styles, open the
11322 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11324 \begin_inset space ~
11330 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11331 font property which you can choose.
11332 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11335 \begin_inset space ~
11340 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11345 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11346 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11347 environments in a snap.
11350 \begin_layout Standard
11351 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11354 \begin_inset space ~
11366 \begin_layout Labeling
11367 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11381 The possible options are:
11385 \begin_layout Labeling
11386 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11391 This is the Roman font family.
11392 Normally a serif font.
11393 It's also the default family.
11403 \begin_layout Labeling
11404 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11408 \begin_inset space ~
11415 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11427 \begin_layout Labeling
11428 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11435 This is the Typewriter font family.
11441 arg "font-typewriter"
11450 \begin_layout Labeling
11451 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11456 This corresponds to the print weight.
11461 \begin_layout Labeling
11462 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11467 This is the Medium font series.
11468 It's also the default series.
11471 \begin_layout Labeling
11472 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11479 This is the Bold font series.
11492 \begin_layout Labeling
11493 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11498 As the name implies.
11503 \begin_layout Labeling
11504 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11509 This is the Upright font shape.
11510 It's also the default shape.
11513 \begin_layout Labeling
11514 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11528 s the Italic font shape
11534 \begin_layout Labeling
11535 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11542 This is the Slanted font shape
11544 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11547 \begin_layout Labeling
11548 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11552 \begin_inset space ~
11559 This is the Small caps font shape
11566 \begin_layout Labeling
11567 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11572 Alters the size of the font.
11573 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11574 nal to the document font size.
11575 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11576 what you want to do.
11581 \begin_layout Labeling
11582 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11603 arg "font-size tiny"
11609 \begin_layout Labeling
11610 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11631 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11637 \begin_layout Labeling
11638 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11646 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11659 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11665 \begin_layout Labeling
11666 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11687 arg "font-size small"
11693 \begin_layout Labeling
11694 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11708 It's also the default size.
11712 arg "font-size normal"
11718 \begin_layout Labeling
11719 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11740 arg "font-size large"
11746 \begin_layout Labeling
11747 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11768 arg "font-size larger"
11774 \begin_layout Labeling
11775 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11796 arg "font-size largest"
11802 \begin_layout Labeling
11803 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11824 arg "font-size huge"
11830 \begin_layout Labeling
11831 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11852 arg "font-size giant"
11859 \begin_layout Standard
11864 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11865 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11866 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11867 - use that instead.
11868 This is here for fine-tuning only!
11871 \begin_layout Labeling
11872 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11877 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11882 \begin_layout Labeling
11883 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11890 This is text with emphasize on
11893 This might seem like the same as
11897 , but it is actually a bit different.
11903 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
11905 Normally this font is equal to italic.
11908 \begin_layout Labeling
11909 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11916 This is text with Underbar on.
11922 arg "font-underline"
11928 \begin_inset Newline newline
11933 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11934 when you couldn't change fonts.
11935 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
11936 It's only included in LyX because some people
11940 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
11943 \begin_layout Labeling
11944 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11951 This is text with Noun on.
11958 , this is a logical attribute.
11959 Normally it's equivalent to
11962 \begin_inset space ~
11971 \begin_layout Labeling
11972 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11977 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11978 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
11982 \begin_inset space ~
11987 , which is the default
11988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11995 and means normally black, you can choose between
12031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12040 \begin_layout Labeling
12041 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12046 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12047 the language of the document.
12048 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12052 \begin_layout Standard
12053 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12054 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12056 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12058 \begin_inset space ~
12063 dialog, the settings are saved.
12064 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12065 \begin_inset Graphics
12066 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12071 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12072 when the dialog isn't visible.
12076 \begin_layout Standard
12077 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12084 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12085 (suppose you just set the shape to
12086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12104 \begin_inset space ~
12116 \begin_layout Standard
12117 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12125 \begin_inset space ~
12137 \begin_layout Itemize
12143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12150 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12168 \begin_inset Newline newline
12175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12200 \begin_inset Note Note
12203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12204 For more on phantoms see section
12205 \begin_inset space ~
12209 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12211 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12221 \begin_inset Newline newline
12227 \begin_layout Itemize
12232 fonts use characters with serifs.
12233 These are the small
12234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12241 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12242 The following example will show the difference:
12243 \begin_inset Newline newline
12247 \begin_inset Newline newline
12252 text without serifs
12255 \begin_inset Newline newline
12258 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12259 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12266 \begin_layout Itemize
12272 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12273 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12276 \begin_layout Standard
12277 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12278 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12281 \begin_layout Section
12282 Printing and Previewing
12285 \begin_layout Subsection
12289 \begin_layout Standard
12290 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12291 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12292 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12293 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12294 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12297 \begin_inset space ~
12305 \begin_layout Standard
12306 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12307 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12308 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12309 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12310 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12311 This happens in two stages:
12314 \begin_layout Enumerate
12315 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12316 generating a file with the extension,
12317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12331 \begin_layout Enumerate
12332 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12336 file to produce printable output.
12340 \begin_layout Subsection
12341 Output file formats
12345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12352 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12354 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12361 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12367 File formats ! ASCII
12375 \begin_layout Standard
12376 This file type has the extension
12377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12389 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12393 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12400 \begin_layout Standard
12401 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12403 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12404 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12410 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12416 File formats ! LaTeX
12424 \begin_layout Standard
12425 This file type has the extension
12426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12437 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12439 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12440 it manually with console commands.
12441 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12442 you view or export your document.
12445 \begin_layout Standard
12446 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12448 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12449 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12466 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12480 \begin_layout Standard
12481 This file type has the extension
12482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12502 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12503 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12504 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12506 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12510 \begin_layout Standard
12511 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12519 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12520 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12525 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12526 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12527 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12528 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12531 \begin_layout Standard
12532 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12534 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12535 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12541 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12547 File formats ! PostScript
12555 \begin_layout Standard
12556 This file type has the extension
12557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12569 PostScript was developed by the company
12573 as printer language.
12574 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12576 PostScript can be seen as
12577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12580 programming language
12581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12584 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12589 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12599 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12609 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12612 \begin_layout Standard
12613 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12617 Encapsulated PostScript
12618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12621 (EPS, file extension
12622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12634 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12635 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12636 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12637 whenever you view or export your document.
12638 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12639 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12640 EPS to avoid this problem.
12643 \begin_layout Standard
12644 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12646 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12647 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12653 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12677 \begin_layout Standard
12678 This file type has the extension
12679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12695 Portable Document Format
12696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12699 (PDF) is developed by
12703 as derivative from PostScript.
12704 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12713 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12714 looks exactly the same.
12717 \begin_layout Standard
12718 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12722 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12726 (JPG, file extension
12727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12754 Portable Network Graphics
12755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12758 (PNG, file extension
12759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12771 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12772 in the background to one of these formats.
12773 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12774 will slow down your workflow.
12775 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12778 \begin_layout Standard
12779 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12781 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12784 in three different ways:
12787 \begin_layout Description
12788 PDF This uses the program
12792 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12793 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12797 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12798 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12801 \begin_layout Description
12803 \begin_inset space ~
12806 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12810 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12814 \begin_layout Description
12816 \begin_inset space ~
12819 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12823 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12826 \begin_layout Standard
12827 We recommend to use
12830 \begin_inset space ~
12839 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12845 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12848 \begin_layout Subsection
12853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12862 \begin_layout Standard
12863 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12864 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
12868 and choose a file type.
12869 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
12872 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12875 you can use the toolbar button
12876 \begin_inset Graphics
12877 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
12884 arg "buffer-view dvi"
12889 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12891 \begin_inset space ~
12897 \begin_inset Graphics
12898 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
12904 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12908 \begin_inset Graphics
12909 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
12916 arg "buffer-view ps"
12922 \begin_layout Standard
12923 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
12924 viewer window using the menu
12926 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12932 \begin_layout Standard
12933 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
12935 To have a real output, export your document.
12938 \begin_layout Subsection
12939 Printing the File from within LyX
12940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12942 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
12949 \begin_layout Standard
12950 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
12951 it directly from within LyX.
12952 To print a file, select the menu
12954 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12957 or click on the toolbar button
12958 \begin_inset Graphics
12959 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
12964 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
12965 This file is then processed by the program
12969 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
12974 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
12977 \begin_layout Standard
12978 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12979 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
12980 printing one set to print on the other side.
12981 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12982 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12983 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12986 \begin_layout Standard
12987 You can set the parameters in the
12990 \begin_inset space ~
12998 \begin_layout Labeling
12999 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13004 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13009 Note that this printer name is for the program
13018 has to be configured for this printer name.
13019 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13020 \begin_inset space ~
13024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13026 reference "sub:Printer"
13035 The printer should understand PostScript.
13038 \begin_layout Labeling
13039 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13044 The name of a file to print to.
13045 The output will be a PostScript file.
13046 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13050 \begin_layout Section
13051 A few Words about Typography
13055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13064 \begin_layout Subsection
13069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13078 \begin_layout Standard
13080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13091 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13106 \begin_layout Enumerate
13108 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13112 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13130 \begin_layout Enumerate
13132 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13136 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13167 \begin_layout Enumerate
13169 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13173 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13217 \begin_layout Enumerate
13219 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13223 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13227 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13245 \begin_layout Standard
13246 You generate them by inserting the
13247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13258 character multiple times in a row.
13259 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13260 final output, but not in LyX.
13263 \begin_layout Standard
13264 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13265 math mode and has a length of its own.
13266 Here are some examples of the
13267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13281 \begin_layout Enumerate
13282 line- and page-breaks
13283 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13293 \begin_layout Enumerate
13295 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13305 \begin_layout Enumerate
13306 Oh --- there's a dash.
13307 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13317 \begin_layout Enumerate
13318 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13322 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13332 \begin_layout Subsection
13337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13344 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13346 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13353 \begin_layout Standard
13354 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13355 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13364 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13369 following the rules of the document language
13373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13374 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13382 \begin_inset space ~
13386 \begin_inset space ~
13393 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13404 \begin_layout Standard
13405 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13410 and with unusual constructs, like
13411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13419 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13420 This is done with the menu
13422 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13423 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13425 \begin_inset space ~
13431 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13432 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13435 \begin_layout Standard
13436 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13437 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13438 a hyphen and a space in the form
13439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13447 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13455 as hyphenation possibility.
13456 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13457 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13458 of the LaTeX-box-command
13464 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13465 As LyX doesn't support
13471 , we have to use TeX Code.
13472 The result looks in LyX like:
13475 \begin_layout Standard
13476 \begin_inset Graphics
13477 filename clipart/mbox.png
13484 \begin_layout Standard
13485 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13486 \begin_inset space ~
13490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13492 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13499 \begin_layout Subsection
13504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13513 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13514 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13515 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13517 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13524 \begin_layout Standard
13525 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13526 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13527 LaTeX then adds the
13528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13531 appropriate amount of space
13532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13536 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13538 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13541 \begin_layout Standard
13542 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13556 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13557 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13560 \begin_layout Standard
13561 Here are some examples of
13565 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13568 \begin_layout Itemize
13573 \begin_layout Itemize
13578 \begin_layout Standard
13579 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13582 \begin_layout Itemize
13584 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13588 this is too much space!
13591 \begin_layout Itemize
13596 \begin_layout Standard
13597 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13600 \begin_layout Standard
13601 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13604 \begin_layout Enumerate
13608 \begin_inset space ~
13613 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13614 \begin_inset space ~
13618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13620 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13629 Spaces ! inter-word
13637 \begin_layout Enumerate
13641 \begin_inset space ~
13646 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13647 \begin_inset space ~
13651 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13653 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13670 \begin_layout Enumerate
13674 \begin_inset space ~
13678 \begin_inset space ~
13682 \begin_inset space ~
13689 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13691 \begin_inset space ~
13696 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13697 This function is also bound to
13700 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
13706 \begin_layout Standard
13707 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13710 \begin_layout Itemize
13712 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13716 \begin_inset space \space{}
13719 this is too much space!
13722 \begin_layout Itemize
13723 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13727 \begin_layout Standard
13728 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13729 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13730 LaTeX will care about this.
13733 \begin_layout Standard
13734 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13738 \begin_inset space ~
13743 feature described in section
13749 Additional Features
13754 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13760 Typography ! Quotes
13769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13800 \begin_layout Standard
13801 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13802 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13803 and use a closing quote at the end.
13805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13813 The keyboard character,
13817 , generates this automatically.
13820 \begin_layout Standard
13821 You can change the behavior of the
13825 key using the submenu
13831 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13839 Document ! Settings
13847 \begin_layout Standard
13848 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13853 There are six choices:
13856 \begin_layout Labeling
13857 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13869 Use quotes like this
13870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13878 \begin_inset Quotes els
13882 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13888 \begin_layout Labeling
13889 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13892 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13896 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13902 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13906 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13910 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13916 \begin_layout Labeling
13917 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13920 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13924 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13930 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13934 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13938 \begin_inset Quotes gls
13942 \begin_inset Quotes grs
13948 \begin_layout Labeling
13949 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13952 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13956 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13962 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13966 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13970 \begin_inset Quotes pls
13974 \begin_inset Quotes prs
13980 \begin_layout Labeling
13981 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13984 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13988 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13994 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13998 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14002 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14006 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14012 \begin_layout Labeling
14013 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14016 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14020 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14026 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14030 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14034 \begin_inset Quotes als
14038 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14044 \begin_layout Standard
14045 These settings affects what character the
14052 \begin_layout Subsection
14057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14058 Typography ! Ligatures
14067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14096 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14098 name "sub:Ligatures"
14105 \begin_layout Standard
14106 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14107 print them as single characters.
14108 These groups are known as
14113 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14115 Here are the standard ligatures:
14118 \begin_layout Itemize
14122 \begin_layout Itemize
14126 \begin_layout Itemize
14130 \begin_layout Itemize
14134 \begin_layout Itemize
14138 \begin_layout Standard
14139 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14142 \begin_layout Standard
14143 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14144 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14152 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14168 To break a ligature, use
14170 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14171 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14173 \begin_inset space ~
14180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14191 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14208 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14216 \begin_layout Subsection
14221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14228 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14230 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14237 \begin_layout Standard
14238 You have surely noticed, that the word
14239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14246 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14247 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14248 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14268 \begin_inset Note Note
14271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14272 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14280 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14281 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14286 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14290 \begin_layout Description
14291 LyX The name of the game, write
14292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14313 \begin_layout Description
14314 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14336 \begin_layout Description
14337 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14359 \begin_layout Description
14360 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14382 \begin_layout Standard
14383 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14388 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14396 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14397 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14398 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14401 : The actual version is
14402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14409 , the previous one was
14410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14420 \begin_layout Standard
14421 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14422 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14426 \begin_inset space \space{}
14429 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14431 This will look in LyX like:
14432 \begin_inset Graphics
14433 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14439 \begin_inset Newline newline
14442 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14443 \begin_inset space ~
14447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14449 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14456 \begin_layout Subsection
14461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14470 \begin_layout Standard
14471 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14472 space between two words.
14473 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14483 for units use the menu
14485 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14486 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14488 \begin_inset space ~
14496 arg "space-insert thin"
14502 \begin_layout Standard
14503 Here's an example to show the differences:
14506 \begin_layout Standard
14507 \begin_inset Tabular
14508 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14510 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14511 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14518 \begin_inset space ~
14522 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14534 space between number and unit
14541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14546 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14550 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14562 half space between number and unit
14575 \begin_layout Subsection
14580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14581 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14589 \begin_layout Standard
14590 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14592 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14593 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14594 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14595 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14596 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14597 These bits of text became known as
14608 \begin_layout Standard
14609 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14610 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14611 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14612 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14613 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14614 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14615 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14618 \begin_layout Standard
14619 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14620 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14621 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14622 \begin_inset space ~
14626 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14628 key "latexcompanion"
14633 \begin_inset space ~
14637 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14643 ] may have more information.
14644 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14647 \begin_layout Chapter
14648 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14649 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14651 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14658 \begin_layout Standard
14659 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14664 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14667 \begin_layout Section
14672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14679 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14688 \begin_layout Standard
14689 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14692 \begin_layout Description
14694 \begin_inset space ~
14697 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14698 \begin_inset Newline newline
14702 \begin_inset Note Note
14705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14706 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14714 \begin_layout Description
14715 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14716 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14718 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14719 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14720 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14723 \begin_inset Newline newline
14727 \begin_inset Note Comment
14730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14731 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14739 \begin_layout Description
14741 \begin_inset space ~
14744 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14745 \begin_inset Newline newline
14749 \begin_inset Newline newline
14753 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14762 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14763 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14764 How this can be done is explained in the
14773 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14779 \begin_inset Newline newline
14783 \begin_inset Newline newline
14786 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14787 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14790 \begin_layout Standard
14791 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14792 \begin_inset Graphics
14793 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14795 scaleBeforeRotation
14801 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14805 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14808 \begin_layout Section
14813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14820 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14822 name "sec:Footnotes"
14829 \begin_layout Standard
14830 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14833 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14836 or the toolbar button
14837 \begin_inset Graphics
14838 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14851 \begin_inset Graphics
14852 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
14861 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
14871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14890 label, the box will
14894 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
14895 Clicking on the box label again, will close
14908 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
14924 \begin_layout Standard
14925 Here's an example footnote:
14933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14934 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
14942 \begin_layout Standard
14943 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
14944 position where the footnote box is placed.
14945 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
14946 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
14947 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
14948 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
14949 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
14954 ey are described in the
14961 \begin_layout Section
14966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14973 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14975 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
14982 \begin_layout Standard
14983 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
14984 When you insert a margin note via the menu
14986 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14988 \begin_inset space ~
14993 or the toolbar button
14994 \begin_inset Graphics
14995 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15022 appearing within your text.
15023 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15032 \begin_layout Standard
15033 At the side is an example marginal note.
15037 \begin_inset Marginal
15040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15041 This is a marginal note.
15049 \begin_layout Standard
15050 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15051 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15052 pages, right on odd pages.
15055 \begin_layout Section
15056 Graphics and Images
15060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15077 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15079 name "sec:Graphics"
15086 \begin_layout Standard
15087 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15088 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15089 \begin_inset Graphics
15090 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15096 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15100 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15103 \begin_layout Standard
15104 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15109 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15110 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15112 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15113 \begin_inset space ~
15117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15119 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15126 \begin_layout Standard
15131 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15132 of the image in the output.
15133 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15137 \begin_inset space ~
15141 \begin_inset space ~
15150 \begin_inset space ~
15154 \begin_inset space ~
15158 \begin_inset space ~
15163 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15164 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15172 \begin_layout Standard
15175 LaTeX and LyX options
15177 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15178 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15182 \begin_inset space ~
15187 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15188 with the image size is printed.
15192 \begin_inset space ~
15196 \begin_inset space ~
15200 \begin_inset space ~
15205 is explained in the
15216 \begin_layout Standard
15217 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15218 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15220 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15224 \begin_layout Standard
15226 \begin_inset Graphics
15227 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15229 rotateOrigin center
15236 \begin_layout Standard
15237 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15238 the image into a float, see section
15239 \begin_inset space ~
15243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15245 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15252 \begin_layout Subsection
15257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15264 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15266 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15273 \begin_layout Standard
15274 You can insert images in any known file format.
15275 But as we explained in section
15276 \begin_inset space ~
15280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15282 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15286 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15287 LyX uses therefore the program
15291 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15292 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15293 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15294 \begin_inset space ~
15298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15300 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15307 \begin_layout Standard
15308 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15311 \begin_layout Description
15313 \begin_inset space ~
15316 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15317 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15318 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15322 Graphics Interchange Format
15323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15326 (GIF, file extension
15327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15374 Portable Network Graphics
15375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15378 (PNG, file extension
15379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15426 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15430 (JPG, file extension
15431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15489 \begin_layout Description
15491 \begin_inset space ~
15494 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15496 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15497 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15498 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15499 \begin_inset Newline newline
15502 Scalable image formats can be
15503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15506 Scalable Vector Graphics
15507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15510 (SVG, file extension
15511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15558 Encapsulated PostScript
15559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15562 (EPS, file extension
15563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15610 Portable Document Format
15611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15614 (PDF, file extension
15615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15637 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15638 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15639 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15645 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15653 \begin_layout Standard
15654 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15658 \begin_layout Subsection
15659 Grouping of Image Settings
15663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15664 Images ! Settings grouping
15672 \begin_layout Standard
15673 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15675 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15676 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15678 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15679 need to manually change each of them.
15683 \begin_layout Standard
15684 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15687 \begin_inset space ~
15691 \begin_inset space ~
15696 field in the Graphics dialog.
15697 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15698 by checking the name of the desired group.
15701 \begin_layout Section
15706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15713 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15722 \begin_layout Standard
15723 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15724 \begin_inset Graphics
15725 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15732 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15736 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15737 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15738 from the rest of the table.
15739 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15740 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15742 Here's an example table:
15745 \begin_layout Standard
15747 \begin_inset Tabular
15748 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15750 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15751 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15752 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15753 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15953 \begin_layout Subsection
15957 \begin_layout Standard
15958 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15959 brings up the table dialog.
15960 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
15961 where the cursor is placed currently.
15962 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
15963 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15964 done on all of your selection.
15967 \begin_layout Standard
15968 Additionally to the table dialog the
15971 \begin_inset space ~
15976 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
15978 It is for example currently only possible to add
15979 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15983 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15986 delete lines via the table toolbar.
15989 \begin_layout Standard
15993 \begin_inset space ~
15998 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
15999 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16000 current cell respectively.
16001 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16003 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16004 of text, see section
16005 \begin_inset space ~
16009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16011 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16018 \begin_layout Standard
16019 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16025 This will merge the cells to
16029 cell, spread over more than one column.
16030 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16031 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16032 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16033 in the last row without the upper border:
16036 \begin_layout Standard
16038 \begin_inset Tabular
16039 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16040 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16041 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16042 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16043 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16044 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16055 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16064 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16140 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16175 \begin_layout Standard
16176 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16177 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16178 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16179 explained in the tables section of the
16182 \begin_inset space ~
16188 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16189 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16192 degrees counterclockwise.
16193 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16196 \begin_layout Standard
16197 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16205 Most DVI-viewers are
16209 able to display rotations.
16217 \begin_layout Standard
16222 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16227 adds lines for all cell borders.
16230 \begin_layout Subsection
16235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16236 Tables ! Longtables
16245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16254 \begin_layout Standard
16255 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16258 \begin_inset space ~
16262 \begin_inset space ~
16271 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16272 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16275 \begin_layout Description
16280 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16281 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16282 except for the first page, if
16285 \begin_inset space ~
16293 \begin_layout Description
16297 \begin_inset space ~
16302 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16303 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16306 \begin_layout Description
16311 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16312 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16313 except for the last page, if
16316 \begin_inset space ~
16324 \begin_layout Description
16328 \begin_inset space ~
16333 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16334 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16337 \begin_layout Description
16338 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16339 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16341 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16345 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16348 \begin_inset space ~
16356 \begin_layout Standard
16357 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16358 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16359 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16360 The others will then be defined as
16365 In this context, first means first in this order:
16368 \begin_inset space ~
16380 \begin_inset space ~
16386 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16389 \begin_layout Standard
16391 \begin_inset Tabular
16392 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16393 <features islongtable="true">
16394 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16395 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16396 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16397 <row endfirsthead="true">
16398 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16404 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16409 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16418 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16428 <row endfirsthead="true">
16429 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16440 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16449 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16461 <row endhead="true">
16462 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16473 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16482 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16492 <row endhead="true">
16493 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16504 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16513 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16525 <row endfoot="true">
16526 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16537 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16546 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16577 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17518 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17527 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17536 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17547 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17578 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17609 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17640 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17671 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17702 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17733 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17764 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17795 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17826 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17857 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17888 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17919 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17950 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17981 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18012 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18043 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18074 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18105 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18136 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18167 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18198 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18229 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18260 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18291 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18322 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18353 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18384 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18415 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18446 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18477 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18507 <row endlastfoot="true">
18508 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18519 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18528 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18545 \begin_layout Subsection
18550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18557 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18559 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18566 \begin_layout Standard
18567 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18568 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18569 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18570 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18574 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18575 for the cell's paragraph.
18578 \begin_layout Standard
18579 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18580 for the column in the table dialog.
18581 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18582 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18586 \begin_layout Standard
18588 \begin_inset Tabular
18589 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18591 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18592 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18593 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18613 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18682 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18738 This is longer now.
18743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18794 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18795 This is longer now.
18800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18826 \begin_layout Standard
18827 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18828 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18833 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
18834 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
18840 Selection with the mouse or with
18844 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
18845 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
18846 the selection from outside the table.
18849 \begin_layout Section
18854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18861 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18870 \begin_layout Standard
18871 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
18872 have a fixed location.
18874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18881 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
18889 \begin_inset space ~
18894 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
18895 too much notes at the page.
18898 \begin_layout Standard
18899 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
18900 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
18901 and pages without text.
18902 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
18903 , every float can be referenced in the text.
18904 Floats are therefore numbered.
18905 Referencing is described in section
18906 \begin_inset space ~
18910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18912 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18919 \begin_layout Standard
18920 To insert a float, use the menu
18922 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18926 A box with a caption that has e.
18927 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18931 \begin_inset space \space{}
18935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18939 \begin_inset space ~
18943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18946 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
18947 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
18949 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
18953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18959 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
18960 paragraph within the float.
18961 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
18962 by left-clicking on the box label.
18963 A closed float box looks like this:
18964 \begin_inset Graphics
18965 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
18970 -- a gray button with a red label.
18973 \begin_layout Standard
18974 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
18975 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
18978 \begin_layout Subsection
18982 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18988 Floats ! Figure floats
18994 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18996 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19003 \begin_layout Standard
19006 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19007 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19010 inserts a float with the label
19011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19017 \begin_inset space ~
19023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19027 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19028 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19029 This is what we did for Figure
19030 \begin_inset space ~
19034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19036 reference "cap:Platypus"
19041 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19042 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19043 This was done in Figure
19044 \begin_inset space ~
19048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19050 reference "cap:Escher"
19057 \begin_layout Standard
19058 \begin_inset Float figure
19063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19065 \begin_inset Graphics
19066 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19068 rotateOrigin center
19075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19076 \begin_inset Caption
19078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19079 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19081 name "cap:Platypus"
19085 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19098 \begin_layout Standard
19099 \begin_inset Float figure
19104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19105 \begin_inset Caption
19107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19108 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19125 \begin_inset Graphics
19126 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19128 rotateOrigin center
19140 \begin_layout Standard
19141 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19143 As described in section
19144 \begin_inset space ~
19148 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19150 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19154 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19156 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19159 and refer to it using the menu
19161 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19165 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19174 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19186 \begin_layout Standard
19187 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19188 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19189 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19190 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19192 \begin_inset space ~
19196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19198 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19202 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19203 You can also set the images one below the other.
19205 \begin_inset space ~
19209 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19211 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19218 reference "fig:Platypus"
19222 are the subfigures.
19225 \begin_layout Standard
19226 \begin_inset Float figure
19231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19232 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19236 \begin_inset Float figure
19241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19242 \begin_inset Caption
19244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19245 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19247 name "fig:Undefinable"
19259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19260 \begin_inset Graphics
19261 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19272 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19276 \begin_inset Float figure
19281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19282 \begin_inset Caption
19284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19285 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19287 name "fig:Platypus"
19299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19300 \begin_inset Graphics
19301 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19313 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19320 \begin_inset Caption
19322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19323 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19325 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19329 Two distorted images.
19342 \begin_layout Standard
19343 Note that the caption is added to the
19346 \begin_inset space ~
19350 \begin_inset space ~
19355 as described in section
19356 \begin_inset space ~
19360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19362 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19369 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19375 Floats ! Table floats
19383 \begin_layout Standard
19384 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19386 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19387 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19391 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19394 \begin_inset space ~
19398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19400 reference "cap:Table-float"
19404 is an example of a table float.
19407 \begin_layout Standard
19408 \begin_inset Float table
19413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19414 \begin_inset Caption
19416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19417 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19419 name "cap:Table-float"
19431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19433 \begin_inset Tabular
19434 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19436 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19437 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19438 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19565 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19586 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19588 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19609 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19630 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19636 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19644 \begin_layout Standard
19645 This float type is inserted with the menu
19647 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19648 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19652 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19653 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19657 , described in section
19658 \begin_inset space ~
19662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19664 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19671 \begin_layout Standard
19672 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19680 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19686 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19689 \begin_layout Standard
19694 floatname{algorithm}{your
19695 \begin_inset space ~
19701 \begin_layout Standard
19702 to the document preamble (menu
19704 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19711 \begin_inset space ~
19717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19731 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19737 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19745 \begin_layout Standard
19746 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19754 \begin_inset Graphics
19755 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19757 rotateOrigin center
19764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19765 \begin_inset Caption
19767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19768 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19770 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19774 This is a wrapped figure.
19775 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19788 This float type is used if you want to
19789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19796 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19798 It can be inserted using the menu
19800 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19801 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19803 \begin_inset space ~
19808 if the LaTeX-package
19816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19817 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19827 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19830 \begin_inset space ~
19840 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
19843 \begin_inset space ~
19847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19849 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19853 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
19854 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19862 Available units are explained in Appendix
19863 \begin_inset space ~
19867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19869 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
19878 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
19882 \begin_layout Standard
19883 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19891 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
19892 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19896 \begin_inset space \space{}
19899 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up in
19900 the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
19901 over some other text.
19909 \begin_layout Itemize
19910 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
19911 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
19912 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
19913 breaks will appear.
19916 \begin_layout Itemize
19917 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
19918 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
19921 \begin_layout Itemize
19922 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
19923 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
19926 \begin_layout Itemize
19927 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
19930 \begin_layout Subsection
19932 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19934 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19951 \begin_layout Standard
19952 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
19953 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
19957 \begin_inset space ~
19965 \begin_layout Standard
19966 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
19967 have a multi-column document).
19968 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
19971 \begin_inset space ~
19977 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
19978 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
19985 \begin_layout Standard
19986 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
19987 format is also the same: Table
19988 \begin_inset space ~
19992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19994 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
19998 is an example of a rotated table float.
20001 \begin_layout Standard
20002 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20010 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20018 \begin_layout Standard
20019 \begin_inset Float table
20024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20025 \begin_inset Caption
20027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20028 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20030 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20044 \begin_inset Tabular
20045 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20047 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20048 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20049 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20050 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20051 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20111 \begin_layout Subsection
20113 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20115 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20132 \begin_layout Standard
20133 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20134 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20135 \begin_inset Newline newline
20141 \begin_inset space ~
20146 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20147 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20149 \begin_inset Newline newline
20155 \begin_inset space ~
20160 is used to rotate floats, see section
20161 \begin_inset space ~
20165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20167 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20174 \begin_layout Standard
20175 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20176 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20179 \begin_inset space ~
20183 \begin_inset space ~
20191 \begin_layout Description
20193 \begin_inset space ~
20197 \begin_inset space ~
20200 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20203 \begin_layout Description
20205 \begin_inset space ~
20209 \begin_inset space ~
20212 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20215 \begin_layout Description
20217 \begin_inset space ~
20221 \begin_inset space ~
20224 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20227 \begin_layout Description
20229 \begin_inset space ~
20233 \begin_inset space ~
20236 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20239 \begin_layout Standard
20240 The order of the above option is
20245 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20249 \begin_inset space ~
20253 \begin_inset space ~
20261 \begin_inset space ~
20265 \begin_inset space ~
20270 , and then the others.
20271 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20273 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20274 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20277 \begin_layout Standard
20278 By default, each options has its own rules:
20281 \begin_layout Standard
20285 \begin_inset space ~
20289 \begin_inset space ~
20294 only floats occupying less than 70
20295 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20298 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20301 \begin_layout Standard
20305 \begin_inset space ~
20309 \begin_inset space ~
20314 : only floats occupying less than 30
20315 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20318 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20321 \begin_layout Standard
20325 \begin_inset space ~
20329 \begin_inset space ~
20334 : only if more than 50
20335 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20338 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20342 \begin_layout Standard
20343 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20347 \begin_inset space ~
20351 \begin_inset space ~
20359 \begin_layout Standard
20360 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20361 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20362 For this case you can use the option
20365 \begin_inset space ~
20371 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20373 Because the float is then no longer able to
20374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20381 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20384 \begin_layout Standard
20385 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20386 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20389 \begin_layout Standard
20390 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20392 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20394 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20401 \begin_layout Section
20406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20413 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20415 name "sec:Minipages"
20422 \begin_layout Standard
20423 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20425 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20426 \begin_inset space ~
20433 \begin_layout Standard
20434 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20436 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20440 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20441 and its alignment within the page.
20444 \begin_layout Standard
20446 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20455 height_special "totalheight"
20458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20461 This is a minipage.
20462 The text is set in an italic style.
20465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20468 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20469 another formatting.
20477 \begin_layout Standard
20478 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20481 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20485 as described in section
20486 \begin_inset space ~
20490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20492 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20497 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20503 \begin_layout Standard
20504 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20513 height_special "totalheight"
20516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20517 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20518 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20524 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20528 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20537 height_special "totalheight"
20540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20541 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20542 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20550 \begin_layout Standard
20551 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20557 \begin_layout Standard
20558 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20559 to other box types.
20560 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20571 \begin_layout Chapter
20572 Mathematical Formulas
20576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20615 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20617 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20624 \begin_layout Standard
20625 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20630 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20633 \begin_layout Section
20638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20647 \begin_layout Standard
20648 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20649 \begin_inset Graphics
20650 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20655 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20657 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20658 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20659 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20661 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20667 \begin_layout Standard
20668 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20672 \begin_inset space ~
20677 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20680 \begin_layout Standard
20681 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20682 line, like this one:
20685 \begin_layout Standard
20686 This is a line with an inline formula
20687 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20693 \begin_layout Standard
20694 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20696 \begin_inset Formula \[
20701 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20704 \begin_layout Standard
20705 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20707 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20711 \begin_inset space \space{}
20715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20728 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20729 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20733 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20736 \begin_inset space ~
20744 \begin_layout Subsection
20745 Navigating in Formulas
20749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20758 \begin_layout Standard
20759 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20760 achieved with the arrow keys.
20761 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20762 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20767 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20768 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20772 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20776 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20778 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20786 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20791 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20792 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20795 \begin_layout Standard
20800 , printed in this document as
20801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20822 \begin_inset Note Note
20825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20826 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20827 space character (visible space).
20832 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20833 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20834 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
20839 For example, if you want
20840 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
20851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20894 , since in the latter case only the
20897 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
20902 will be under the square root sign:
20903 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
20909 \begin_layout Standard
20910 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
20912 \begin_inset Formula \[
20913 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20916 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
20920 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
20921 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
20924 \begin_layout Subsection
20928 \begin_layout Standard
20929 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
20930 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
20934 and a cursor movement key to select text.
20935 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
20936 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
20937 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
20938 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
20941 \begin_layout Subsection
20942 Exponents and Subscripts
20946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20965 \begin_layout Standard
20966 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
20967 way is to use a command.
20969 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
20972 , type in a formula
20978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20994 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21000 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21004 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21025 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21034 , you have to use an extra
21038 to separate the hat and the character.
21040 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21044 \begin_inset space \space{}
21048 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21069 Subscripts are similar: To get
21070 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21093 \begin_layout Subsection
21098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21107 \begin_layout Standard
21108 Create a fraction with either the command
21115 \begin_inset Graphics
21116 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21124 \begin_inset space ~
21130 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21131 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21132 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21137 To move back up, press
21142 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21143 \begin_inset Formula \[
21144 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21146 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21153 \begin_layout Subsection
21158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21167 \begin_layout Standard
21168 Roots can be created using the
21171 \begin_inset space ~
21177 \begin_inset Graphics
21178 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21201 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21207 produces always a square root.
21210 \begin_layout Subsection
21211 Operators with Limits
21215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21234 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21241 \begin_layout Standard
21243 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21247 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21250 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21251 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21252 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21253 The sum operator will automatically place its
21254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21261 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21264 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21268 \begin_inset Formula \[
21269 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21273 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21277 \begin_layout Standard
21278 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21280 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21281 behind the operator and hitting
21289 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21290 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21292 \begin_inset space ~
21296 \begin_inset space ~
21304 \begin_layout Standard
21305 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21313 feature as addition, such as
21317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21324 \begin_inset Formula \[
21325 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21329 which will place the
21330 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21342 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21343 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21349 \begin_layout Standard
21350 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21357 Have a look at section
21358 \begin_inset space ~
21362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21364 reference "sub:Functions"
21368 for an explanation of function macros.
21371 \begin_layout Subsection
21376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21385 \begin_layout Standard
21386 Most math symbols can be found in the
21389 \begin_inset space ~
21394 under one of several categories; including
21411 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21415 \begin_layout Standard
21416 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21417 you don't have to use the
21420 \begin_inset space ~
21425 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21426 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21429 \begin_layout Subsection
21434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21443 \begin_layout Standard
21444 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21453 \begin_inset space ~
21459 \begin_inset Graphics
21460 filename ../images/math/space.png
21465 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21466 Here a example for the sequence
21471 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21475 \begin_inset Graphics
21476 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21481 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21482 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21483 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21484 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21489 \begin_layout Standard
21499 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21505 \begin_layout Standard
21515 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21521 \begin_layout Subsection
21526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21533 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21535 name "sub:Functions"
21542 \begin_layout Standard
21546 \begin_inset space ~
21551 contains under the button
21552 \begin_inset Graphics
21553 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21557 a number of functions, such as
21558 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21562 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21570 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21577 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21578 avoid confusions, because
21579 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21583 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21589 \begin_layout Standard
21590 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21592 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21596 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21602 \begin_layout Standard
21603 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21604 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21605 \begin_inset space ~
21609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21611 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21618 \begin_layout Subsection
21623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21632 \begin_layout Standard
21633 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21635 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21636 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21637 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21641 \begin_inset space \space{}
21645 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21648 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21649 Our example is entered by typing
21657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21670 \begin_inset space ~
21674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21676 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21680 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21683 \begin_layout Standard
21684 \begin_inset Float table
21689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21690 \begin_inset Caption
21692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21693 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21695 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21699 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21709 \begin_inset Tabular
21710 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21712 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21713 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21714 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21798 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21852 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
21862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21906 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
21916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21960 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
21970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22014 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22068 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22122 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22176 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22230 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22275 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22296 \begin_layout Standard
22297 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22300 \begin_inset space ~
22306 \begin_inset Graphics
22307 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22311 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22315 \begin_layout Section
22316 Brackets and Delimiters
22320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22337 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22339 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22346 \begin_layout Standard
22347 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22348 For most purposes, using just the keys
22353 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22354 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22357 \begin_inset space ~
22363 \begin_inset Graphics
22364 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22369 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22371 \begin_inset Formula \[
22372 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22374 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22378 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22379 \begin_inset Formula \[
22380 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22387 \begin_layout Standard
22388 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22389 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22392 \begin_layout Standard
22393 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22394 left side and right side.
22395 If you use the option
22398 \begin_inset space ~
22403 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22404 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22405 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22406 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22409 \begin_layout Standard
22410 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22411 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22412 inside the brackets.
22413 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22418 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22421 \begin_layout Standard
22422 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22433 \begin_layout Section
22438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22447 \begin_layout Standard
22448 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22449 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22460 \begin_layout Standard
22461 \begin_inset Formula \[
22462 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22469 \begin_layout Standard
22470 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22485 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22486 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22487 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22490 \begin_layout Section
22491 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22516 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22524 \begin_layout Standard
22525 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22528 \begin_inset space ~
22534 \begin_inset Graphics
22535 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22540 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22541 Here is an example:
22542 \begin_inset Formula \[
22543 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22546 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22550 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22551 \begin_inset space ~
22555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22557 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22562 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22563 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22564 This alignment is set in the box
22569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22617 for every column as default.
22618 For example, the sequence
22619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22630 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22631 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22632 corresponds to the relevant column.
22633 The result will look like this:
22634 \begin_inset Formula \[
22636 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22637 column & has & has\, right\\
22638 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22645 \begin_layout Standard
22646 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22649 arg "newline-insert newline"
22652 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22653 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22655 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22661 \begin_layout Standard
22662 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22663 It can be created with the menu
22665 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22666 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22668 \begin_inset space ~
22681 \begin_inset Formula \[
22685 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22692 \begin_layout Standard
22693 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22696 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22699 arg "newline-insert newline"
22703 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22708 arg "newline-insert newline"
22711 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22719 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22720 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22721 A new row is created by every further hit of
22724 arg "newline-insert newline"
22728 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22729 Here is an example:
22730 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22731 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22732 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22736 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22737 where you want to start the shift and hit
22742 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22743 position to the next column.
22744 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22745 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22746 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22747 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22754 \begin_layout Standard
22755 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22762 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22763 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22766 reference "eq:asquared"
22771 The other types are described in section
22772 \begin_inset space ~
22776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22778 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22785 \begin_layout Section
22786 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22791 Math ! Formula numbering
22800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22801 Math ! Referencing formulas
22807 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22809 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22816 \begin_layout Standard
22817 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22819 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22820 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22822 \begin_inset space ~
22830 arg "math-number-toggle"
22834 The formula number appears in LyX as
22835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22842 within parentheses.
22844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22851 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22853 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22854 the document class.
22855 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
22856 separated by a dot:
22857 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
22858 1+1=2\end{equation}
22865 arg "math-number-toggle"
22868 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
22869 You can only number displayed formulas.
22872 \begin_layout Standard
22873 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
22875 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22876 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22878 \begin_inset space ~
22882 \begin_inset space ~
22886 \begin_inset space ~
22894 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
22897 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
22898 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22900 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
22901 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
22905 To number all lines use the shortcut
22908 arg "math-number-toggle"
22914 \begin_layout Standard
22915 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22918 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
22919 A label is inserted with the menu
22921 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22924 when the cursor is in the formula.
22925 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
22926 It is recommended to use the proposed
22927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22938 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
22939 type when you have many labels in your document.
22940 We inserted in the following example the label
22941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22948 in the second line:
22949 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22950 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
22951 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
22955 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
22956 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
22958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22966 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
22968 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22970 \begin_inset space ~
22976 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
22977 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
22978 as the formula number:
22981 \begin_layout Standard
22982 This is a cross-reference to equation (
22983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22985 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22992 \begin_layout Standard
22993 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
22994 \begin_inset space ~
22998 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23000 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23005 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23008 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23011 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23016 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23024 \begin_layout Section
23025 User defined math macros
23029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23038 name "sec:math-macros"
23045 \begin_layout Standard
23046 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23047 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23048 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23050 \begin_inset Newline newline
23053 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23054 \begin_inset Formula \[
23055 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23059 The general form of its solution is:
23060 \begin_inset Formula \[
23061 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p^{2}}{4}-q}\]
23068 \begin_layout Standard
23069 The macro should print the parameters
23070 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23074 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23078 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23081 like in the equation above.
23084 \begin_layout Standard
23085 A macro is created by executing the command
23088 \begin_layout Standard
23095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23118 \begin_inset space ~
23122 \begin_inset space ~
23128 \begin_layout Standard
23129 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23130 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23131 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23132 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23136 \begin_layout Standard
23137 We have three arguments and name the macro
23138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23145 , so that the command is:
23148 \begin_layout Standard
23155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23180 \begin_layout Standard
23181 This results in the following macro definition box:
23182 \begin_inset Graphics
23183 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23188 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23189 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23190 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23194 \begin_inset Note Note
23197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23198 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23199 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23207 \begin_layout Standard
23208 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23209 the math panel or commands.
23210 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23211 followed by the argument number, e.
23212 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23216 \begin_inset space \space{}
23220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23229 for the first argument.
23230 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23231 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23232 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23233 in LyX with its full size.
23234 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23235 In our example we insert the sequence
23236 \begin_inset Newline newline
23264 \begin_inset Newline newline
23269 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23272 \begin_layout Standard
23273 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23288 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23291 \begin_layout Standard
23293 \begin_inset Graphics
23294 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23301 \begin_layout Standard
23302 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23303 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23304 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23305 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23306 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23309 \begin_layout Standard
23310 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23311 to the new definition.
23312 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23313 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23317 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23321 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23325 \begin_inset Formula \[
23333 \begin_layout Standard
23334 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23338 \begin_layout Standard
23352 \begin_inset Newline newline
23359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23385 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23388 \begin_layout Standard
23389 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23390 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23391 definition box in your document.
23392 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23394 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23396 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23401 \begin_layout Section
23405 \begin_layout Subsection
23410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23419 \begin_layout Standard
23420 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23421 To set a font in a formula, use the
23424 \begin_inset space ~
23430 \begin_inset Graphics
23431 filename ../images/math/font.png
23435 , or enter its command, listed in table
23436 \begin_inset space ~
23440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23442 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23449 \begin_layout Standard
23450 \begin_inset Float table
23455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23456 \begin_inset Caption
23458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23459 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23461 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23465 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23475 \begin_inset Tabular
23476 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23478 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23479 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23511 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23538 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23565 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23598 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23625 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23652 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23686 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23713 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23747 \begin_layout Standard
23748 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23756 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23772 \begin_layout Standard
23773 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23774 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23779 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23780 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23781 Here an example where a
23782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23793 denotes the set of numbers:
23794 \begin_inset Formula \[
23795 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23802 \begin_layout Standard
23803 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23805 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23809 \begin_inset space \space{}
23821 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23825 \begin_inset Newline newline
23828 So better don't use this feature.
23831 \begin_layout Standard
23832 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23833 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23837 \begin_inset Newline newline
23840 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23846 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23847 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23853 \begin_layout Standard
23860 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23863 \begin_layout Standard
23864 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23866 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23867 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23869 \begin_inset space ~
23877 \begin_layout Subsection
23882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23891 \begin_layout Standard
23892 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23894 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23898 \begin_inset space ~
23902 \begin_inset space ~
23910 \begin_inset space ~
23916 \begin_inset Graphics
23917 filename ../images/math/font.png
23924 \begin_inset space ~
23930 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23931 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23932 Here is an example:
23933 \begin_inset Formula \[
23935 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23936 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23943 \begin_layout Subsection
23948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23957 \begin_layout Standard
23958 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23959 automatically chosen in most situations.
23977 For most characters,
23985 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23986 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23991 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23992 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
23993 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23994 \begin_inset Graphics
23995 filename ../images/math/style.png
24000 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24001 For example, you can set
24002 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24005 , which is normally in
24014 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24018 The four styles are used in the following example:
24021 \begin_layout Standard
24022 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24026 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24030 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24034 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24040 \begin_layout Standard
24041 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24042 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24044 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24046 \begin_inset space ~
24051 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24052 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24053 will be adjusted to correspond.
24054 As example a formula in the font size
24055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24065 \begin_layout Standard
24069 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24075 \begin_layout Section
24079 \begin_layout Standard
24080 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24081 the document classes and into layout modules.
24085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24091 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24092 other than the AMS classes.
24094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24096 reference "sub:Modules"
24100 for more on layout modules.
24103 \begin_layout Section
24108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24127 \begin_layout Standard
24128 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24129 (AMS) that are in common use.
24132 \begin_layout Subsection
24133 Enabling AMS-Support
24136 \begin_layout Standard
24137 Selecting the checkbox
24140 \begin_inset space ~
24144 \begin_inset space ~
24148 \begin_inset space ~
24155 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24163 Document ! Settings
24171 \begin_inset space ~
24176 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24178 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24179 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24182 \begin_layout Subsection
24184 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24186 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24195 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24203 \begin_layout Standard
24204 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24205 LyX allows you to choose between
24226 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24229 \begin_layout Chapter
24233 \begin_layout Section
24238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24245 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24247 name "sec:Cross-References"
24254 \begin_layout Standard
24255 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24256 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24258 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24259 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24260 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24263 \begin_layout Enumerate
24267 \begin_layout Enumerate
24268 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24270 name "enu:Second-item"
24277 \begin_layout Enumerate
24281 \begin_layout Standard
24282 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24284 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24287 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24288 \begin_inset Graphics
24289 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24295 A grey label box like this:
24296 \begin_inset Graphics
24297 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24302 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24303 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24338 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24339 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24343 \begin_inset space \space{}
24346 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24361 \begin_layout Standard
24362 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24364 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24367 or the toolbar button
24368 \begin_inset Graphics
24369 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24375 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24376 \begin_inset Graphics
24377 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24382 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24384 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24397 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24399 Here is our cross-reference:
24402 \begin_layout Standard
24404 \begin_inset space ~
24408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24410 reference "enu:Second-item"
24417 \begin_layout Standard
24418 It is recommended to use a protected space
24422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24423 described in section
24424 \begin_inset space ~
24428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24430 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24439 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24443 \begin_layout Standard
24444 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24447 \begin_layout Description
24448 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24451 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24458 \begin_layout Description
24459 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24460 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24472 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24479 \begin_layout Description
24480 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24481 \begin_inset space ~
24485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24486 LatexCommand pageref
24487 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24494 \begin_layout Description
24496 \begin_inset space ~
24500 \begin_inset space ~
24503 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24505 LatexCommand vpageref
24506 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24513 \begin_layout Description
24515 \begin_inset space ~
24519 \begin_inset space ~
24523 \begin_inset space ~
24526 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24530 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24537 \begin_layout Description
24539 \begin_inset space ~
24542 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24543 \begin_inset Newline newline
24547 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24555 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24564 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24577 \begin_layout Standard
24578 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24579 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24581 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24585 \begin_inset space \space{}
24589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24603 \begin_layout Standard
24604 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24605 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24606 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24610 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24614 \begin_layout Standard
24615 You can only use the style
24619 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24623 is always possible.
24626 \begin_layout Standard
24627 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24628 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24629 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24630 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24631 \begin_inset space ~
24635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24637 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24644 \begin_layout Standard
24648 \begin_inset space ~
24652 \begin_inset space ~
24657 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24658 The button text changes then to
24661 \begin_inset space ~
24666 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24667 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24668 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24672 \begin_layout Standard
24673 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24674 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24675 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24678 \begin_layout Standard
24679 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24680 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24683 \begin_layout Standard
24684 References are described in detail in the
24691 \begin_layout Section
24692 Table of Contents and other Listings
24696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24713 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24722 \begin_layout Subsection
24724 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24726 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24733 \begin_layout Standard
24734 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24736 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24737 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24739 \begin_inset space ~
24743 \begin_inset space ~
24749 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24750 If you click on it, the
24754 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24755 sections in your documents.
24756 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24758 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24761 that is described in sec.
24762 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24766 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24768 reference "sec:Navigating"
24775 \begin_layout Standard
24776 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24777 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24779 \begin_inset space ~
24783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24785 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24789 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24791 \begin_inset space ~
24795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24797 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24801 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24803 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24806 \begin_layout Subsection
24807 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24808 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24810 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24817 \begin_layout Standard
24818 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24819 You can insert them via the
24821 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24823 \begin_inset space ~
24827 \begin_inset space ~
24833 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24836 \begin_layout Section
24837 URLs and Hyperlinks
24841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24860 \begin_layout Subsection
24862 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24871 \begin_layout Standard
24872 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24874 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24880 \begin_layout Standard
24881 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24882 \begin_inset Flex URL
24885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24895 \begin_layout Standard
24896 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24902 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24906 \begin_layout Standard
24907 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24915 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24923 \begin_layout Subsection
24925 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24927 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24934 \begin_layout Standard
24935 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24937 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24940 or with the toolbar button
24941 \begin_inset Graphics
24942 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24943 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24948 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24957 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24958 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24959 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24961 name "LyX's homepage"
24962 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24966 , an Email address like this:
24967 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24969 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24970 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24975 , or a link to a file.
24978 \begin_layout Standard
24979 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24992 to the link target.
24995 \begin_layout Standard
24996 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24997 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24998 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24999 the text style dialog.
25000 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25004 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25006 name "LyX's homepage"
25007 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25014 \begin_layout Standard
25015 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25019 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25021 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25022 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25026 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25028 \begin_inset Newline newline
25036 \begin_inset Newline newline
25043 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25046 \begin_layout Section
25051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25058 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25060 name "sec:Appendices"
25067 \begin_layout Standard
25068 Appendices are created with the menu
25070 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25072 \begin_inset space ~
25076 \begin_inset space ~
25082 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25083 as appendix region.
25084 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25087 \begin_layout Standard
25088 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25089 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25090 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25091 and the subsection number.
25092 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25096 \begin_layout Standard
25098 \begin_inset space ~
25102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25104 reference "cha:Credits"
25109 \begin_inset space ~
25113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25115 reference "sub:Export"
25122 \begin_layout Section
25127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25134 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25136 name "sec:Bibliography"
25143 \begin_layout Standard
25144 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25145 You can include a bibliography database,
25149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25150 Known under the name
25151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25163 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25164 manually, using the paragraph environment
25168 , which was described in section
25169 \begin_inset space ~
25173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25175 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25180 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25181 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25185 use a bibliography database.
25188 \begin_layout Subsection
25189 The Bibliography Environment
25192 \begin_layout Standard
25197 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25199 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25208 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25210 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25219 , a short form of its title, as key.
25222 \begin_layout Standard
25223 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25225 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25228 or the toolbar button
25229 \begin_inset Graphics
25230 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25231 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25236 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25237 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25238 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25239 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25243 \begin_layout Standard
25244 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25245 with surrounding brackets.
25250 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25251 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25263 \begin_layout Standard
25266 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25269 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25271 key "latexcompanion"
25278 \begin_layout Standard
25279 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25280 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25289 \begin_layout Subsection
25290 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25295 Bibliography ! Databases
25304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25305 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25311 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25313 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25320 \begin_layout Standard
25321 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25327 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25329 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25330 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25335 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25337 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25338 your working field in a database.
25339 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25340 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25342 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25346 \begin_layout Standard
25347 The database is a text file with the file extension
25348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25359 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25360 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25361 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25363 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25368 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25369 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25370 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25371 \begin_inset Flex URL
25374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25376 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25384 \begin_layout Standard
25385 To use a database, use the menu
25387 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25392 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25405 \begin_inset space ~
25411 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25412 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25415 Add bibliography to TOC
25417 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25422 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25425 \begin_layout Standard
25426 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25438 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25439 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25440 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25442 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25448 For informations how this is done, have a look at
25449 \begin_inset Newline newline
25453 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25455 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25467 \begin_layout Standard
25468 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25471 \begin_layout Standard
25472 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25473 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25476 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25504 \begin_inset space ~
25510 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25516 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25525 \begin_layout Standard
25526 When you select the option
25528 Sectioned bibliography
25532 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25535 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25536 This and more specials are explained in detail in section
25538 Customizing Bibliographies
25551 \begin_layout Standard
25552 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25553 the two methods of creating them.
25554 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25555 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25556 We used the style file
25560 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25563 \begin_layout Subsection
25564 Bibliography layout
25568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25569 Bibliography ! Layout
25577 \begin_layout Standard
25578 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25579 For this feature you need to enable the option
25585 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25593 Document ! Settings
25603 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25604 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25605 in the previous section.
25608 \begin_layout Standard
25609 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25610 in the citation reference window.
25611 Here an example where we set the text
25612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25616 \begin_inset space ~
25620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25623 to appear after the reference:
25626 \begin_layout Standard
25628 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25631 key "latexcompanion"
25638 \begin_layout Section
25643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25650 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25659 \begin_layout Standard
25660 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25662 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25664 \begin_inset space ~
25669 or the toolbar button
25670 \begin_inset Graphics
25671 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25672 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25689 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25690 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25691 by LyX as index entry.
25694 \begin_layout Standard
25695 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25696 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25698 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25700 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25707 \begin_layout Standard
25708 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25711 \begin_layout Standard
25712 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25714 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25716 \begin_inset space ~
25720 \begin_inset space ~
25723 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25725 \begin_inset space ~
25731 A light blue box labeled
25732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25743 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25744 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25747 \begin_layout Subsection
25748 Grouping Index Entries
25752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25761 \begin_layout Standard
25762 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25764 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25765 lists under the entry
25766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25774 First we create the entry
25775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25783 \begin_inset space ~
25787 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25789 reference "sub:Lists"
25794 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25795 \begin_inset space ~
25799 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25801 reference "sec:Itemize"
25805 , we insert the command
25808 \begin_layout Standard
25814 \begin_layout Standard
25818 \begin_layout Standard
25824 \begin_layout Standard
25825 for the enumerated list in section
25826 \begin_inset space ~
25830 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25832 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25839 \begin_layout Standard
25840 The exclamation mark
25841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25848 marks the grouping levels.
25849 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25850 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25851 If we don't have an index entry for
25852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25859 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25862 \begin_layout Subsection
25867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25868 Index ! Page ranges
25876 \begin_layout Standard
25877 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25879 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25880 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25882 \begin_inset space ~
25886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25888 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25895 \begin_layout Standard
25898 Paragraph environments|(
25901 \begin_layout Standard
25902 and another entry at the end of section
25903 \begin_inset space ~
25907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25909 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25916 \begin_layout Standard
25919 Paragraph environments|)
25922 \begin_layout Standard
25924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25947 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25948 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25949 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25950 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25951 An example is the index entry
25952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25955 Document ! Settings
25956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25962 \begin_layout Subsection
25967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25968 Index ! Cross referencing
25976 \begin_layout Standard
25977 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25978 We referred for example in the index entry
25979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25987 \begin_inset space ~
25991 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25993 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25997 ) to the index entry
25998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26005 in the same section using the entry
26008 \begin_layout Standard
26011 GIF|see{Image formats}
26014 \begin_layout Standard
26015 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26016 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26017 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26020 \begin_layout Subsection
26025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26026 Index ! Entry order
26034 \begin_layout Standard
26035 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26036 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26037 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26042 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26044 \begin_inset space ~
26048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26050 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26059 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26060 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26089 Dummy entries ! maïs
26098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26099 Dummy entries ! maître
26108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26109 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26114 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26115 order maïs, maison, maître.
26116 To achieve this, we use the command
26119 \begin_layout Standard
26122 previous entry@current entry
26125 \begin_layout Standard
26126 In our case we want to have
26127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26142 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26145 \begin_layout Standard
26151 \begin_layout Standard
26152 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26153 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26157 \begin_layout Subsection
26162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26163 Index ! Entry layout
26171 \begin_layout Standard
26172 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26179 This is an italic dummy entry
26184 You can also format the page number using the character
26185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26192 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26193 We can write for example
26196 \begin_layout Standard
26199 italic page number:|textit
26202 \begin_layout Standard
26203 to get the page number in italic.
26207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26208 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26213 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26231 \begin_inset space ~
26237 Have a look at section
26238 \begin_inset space ~
26242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26244 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26248 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26251 \begin_layout Standard
26252 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26260 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26264 to generate the index, see section
26265 \begin_inset space ~
26269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26271 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26280 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26281 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26283 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26286 key "latexcompanion"
26298 \begin_layout Standard
26299 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26301 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26302 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26303 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26304 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26305 If so, put the following in preamble
26308 \begin_layout Standard
26320 \begin_layout Standard
26324 \begin_layout Standard
26330 \begin_layout Standard
26331 into the index entry.
26335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26336 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26341 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26342 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26343 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26346 \begin_layout Standard
26347 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26349 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26353 \begin_inset space \space{}
26356 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26357 for all index entries.
26358 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26370 documentation for details,
26371 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26373 key "makeindex,xindy"
26380 \begin_layout Subsection
26385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26394 name "sub:Index-Program"
26401 \begin_layout Standard
26402 When the index entry program
26406 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26407 generation, otherwise the program
26411 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26412 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26413 dialog, see section
26414 \begin_inset space ~
26418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26420 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26425 The available options are listed and explained in
26426 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26428 key "makeindex,xindy"
26433 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26436 \begin_layout Standard
26441 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26442 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26444 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26446 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26447 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26455 \begin_layout Section
26456 Nomenclature / Glossary
26460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26499 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26501 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26508 \begin_layout Standard
26509 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26510 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26514 \begin_layout Standard
26515 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26524 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26530 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26531 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26537 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26540 \begin_layout Standard
26541 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26542 and then use the menu
26544 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26550 \begin_inset space ~
26555 or the toolbar button
26556 \begin_inset Graphics
26557 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26558 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26575 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26578 \begin_layout Standard
26579 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26580 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26581 The second is the description of the symbol.
26584 \begin_layout Standard
26585 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26593 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26601 \begin_layout Subsection
26602 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26607 Nomenclature ! Layout
26615 \begin_layout Standard
26616 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26620 field as LaTeX-formula.
26622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26626 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26634 \begin_inset Newline newline
26642 \begin_inset Newline newline
26648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26655 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26656 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26668 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26678 \begin_layout Standard
26679 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26680 \begin_inset space ~
26684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26686 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26693 \begin_layout Standard
26697 \begin_inset space ~
26702 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26703 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26708 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26715 in this document is:
26716 \begin_inset Newline newline
26721 dummy entry for the character
26726 \begin_inset Newline newline
26738 \begin_inset space ~
26748 font use the command
26777 \begin_layout Subsection
26778 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26783 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26791 \begin_layout Standard
26792 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26793 the symbol definition.
26794 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26795 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26798 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26799 LatexCommand nomenclature
26801 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26808 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26812 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26813 LatexCommand nomenclature
26816 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26821 They will be sorted by
26822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26848 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26851 will be sorted before the
26855 since the character
26856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26863 is considered in sorting.
26866 \begin_layout Standard
26867 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26870 \begin_inset space ~
26875 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26876 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26878 For the given example, you can insert
26882 to this field for the
26883 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26890 will be located before
26891 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26897 \begin_layout Standard
26898 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26903 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26912 \begin_layout Subsection
26913 Nomenclature Options
26917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26918 Nomenclature ! Options
26926 \begin_layout Standard
26931 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26932 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26935 \begin_layout Description
26936 refeq Appends the phrase
26937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26952 to every nomenclature entry, where
26958 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26961 \begin_layout Description
26962 refpage Appends the phrase
26963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26978 to every nomenclature entry, where
26984 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26987 \begin_layout Description
26988 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26991 \begin_layout Standard
26992 There are furthermore the options
27036 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27040 \begin_layout Standard
27041 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27042 class options list in the
27044 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27048 In this document the options
27059 \begin_layout Standard
27060 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27066 \begin_layout Standard
27067 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27068 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27073 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27076 \begin_layout Description
27086 \begin_layout Description
27089 nomrefpage Like the
27096 \begin_layout Description
27099 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27108 \begin_layout Description
27112 \begin_inset space ~
27118 \begin_inset space ~
27123 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27126 \begin_layout Subsection
27127 Printing the Nomenclature
27131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27132 Nomenclature ! Printing
27140 \begin_layout Standard
27141 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27143 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27145 \begin_inset space ~
27149 \begin_inset space ~
27152 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27156 A light blue box labeled
27157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27168 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27169 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27172 \begin_layout Standard
27173 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27182 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27190 For example, in order to change the name to
27194 , add the following line to the preamble:
27197 \begin_layout Standard
27205 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27208 \begin_layout Standard
27209 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27215 \begin_layout Standard
27216 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27217 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27220 \begin_layout Standard
27228 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27231 \begin_layout Standard
27234 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27235 \begin_inset space ~
27239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27241 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27246 The default value is 1
27247 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27253 \begin_layout Section
27258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27269 Document ! Branches
27275 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27277 name "sec:Branches"
27284 \begin_layout Standard
27285 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27286 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27287 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27288 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27291 \begin_layout Standard
27292 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27293 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27294 To create a branch, go in the
27296 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27304 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27305 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27308 \begin_layout Standard
27309 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27310 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27312 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27315 where you can choose a branch.
27316 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27319 \begin_layout Standard
27320 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27321 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27324 \begin_layout Standard
27325 \begin_inset Branch Question
27328 \begin_layout Standard
27329 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27337 \begin_layout Standard
27338 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27341 \begin_layout Standard
27342 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27350 \begin_layout Standard
27351 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27357 \begin_layout Standard
27358 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27359 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27361 For example you can define for the question branch
27365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27366 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27367 \begin_inset space ~
27371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27373 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27385 \begin_layout Standard
27395 \begin_layout Standard
27405 \begin_layout Standard
27406 and for the answer branch
27409 \begin_layout Standard
27419 \begin_layout Standard
27429 \begin_layout Standard
27430 \begin_inset Branch Question
27433 \begin_layout Standard
27437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27465 \begin_layout Standard
27466 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27469 \begin_layout Standard
27473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27501 \begin_layout Standard
27502 Now it is possible to use the commands
27506 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27513 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27516 to obtain conditional output.
27517 Here is an example formula where only the
27524 \begin_inset Formula \[
27525 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27532 \begin_layout Standard
27533 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27534 \begin_inset space ~
27538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27540 reference "sec:math-macros"
27547 \begin_layout Section
27549 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27551 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27568 \begin_layout Standard
27573 dialog provides under
27577 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27578 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27587 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27595 \begin_layout Standard
27600 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27601 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27602 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27604 You can specify in the dialog tab
27608 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27610 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27611 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27615 \begin_layout Standard
27620 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27621 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27622 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27624 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27625 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27627 \begin_inset space ~
27630 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27631 \begin_inset space ~
27634 1 will only display the sections.
27637 \begin_layout Standard
27638 The header informations in the dialog tab
27642 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27643 Many programs are able to extract these informations to e.
27644 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27648 \begin_inset space \space{}
27651 automatically recognize who is the author and what is the PDF about.
27652 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27655 Automatic fill header
27657 is set, LyX tries to extract the header informations from your document
27658 title and author settings.
27661 \begin_layout Standard
27664 Load in fullscreen mode
27666 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27669 \begin_layout Standard
27670 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27671 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27677 For an explanation of them we refer to the hyperref manual
27678 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27687 \begin_layout Section
27688 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27689 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27691 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27698 \begin_layout Subsection
27703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27710 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27712 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27719 \begin_layout Standard
27720 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27721 constructs, but not all.
27722 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27723 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
27724 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27725 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27726 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27730 \begin_layout Standard
27731 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27733 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27735 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27737 \begin_inset space ~
27742 or by the toolbar button
27743 \begin_inset Graphics
27744 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27749 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27753 \begin_layout Standard
27754 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27755 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27756 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27763 , you can write the command part
27769 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27773 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27774 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27775 the following example:
27778 \begin_layout Standard
27779 \begin_inset Graphics
27780 filename clipart/ERT.png
27788 \begin_layout Standard
27792 \begin_layout Standard
27793 This is a line with a
27797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27820 \begin_layout Standard
27821 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27829 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27830 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27838 \begin_layout Subsection
27839 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27840 \begin_inset OptArg
27843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27860 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27862 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27869 \begin_layout Standard
27870 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27871 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27872 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27881 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27882 every time if you know the right commands.
27884 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27888 \begin_inset space \space{}
27891 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27892 the end of the day.
27893 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27894 all caption labels bold.
27895 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27897 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27900 \begin_layout Standard
27901 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27902 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27903 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27905 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27914 \begin_layout Standard
27915 As result you know that the package
27923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27924 LaTeX-packages ! caption
27930 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27932 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27938 \begin_layout Standard
27943 usepackage[options]{package name}
27946 \begin_layout Standard
27947 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27948 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27949 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27952 \begin_layout Standard
27953 In your case the package name is
27958 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27963 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27964 So you add the command
27967 \begin_layout Standard
27972 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27975 \begin_layout Standard
27976 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27981 For more commands provided by the
27985 package, have a look at its documentation,
27986 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28000 \begin_layout Standard
28001 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28003 For example if you use a
28007 class, you don't need the package
28011 , you can instead write
28014 \begin_layout Standard
28019 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28024 \begin_layout Standard
28025 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28026 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28027 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28034 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28037 \begin_layout Standard
28038 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28039 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28041 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28042 the previous section.
28045 \begin_layout Standard
28046 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28048 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28050 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28058 \begin_layout Section
28059 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28060 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28062 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28089 \begin_layout Standard
28090 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28091 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28092 to break your train of thought with
28094 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28100 \begin_layout Standard
28101 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28102 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28111 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28116 as explained below, and turn on
28119 \begin_inset space ~
28126 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28132 \begin_inset space ~
28136 \begin_inset space ~
28139 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28145 \begin_layout Standard
28146 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28148 Previews of an already loaded document are
28152 generated just by selecting the
28155 \begin_inset space ~
28160 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28163 \begin_layout Standard
28164 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28165 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28168 \begin_inset space ~
28173 check box in the insert dialog.
28174 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28178 \begin_layout Standard
28179 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28183 (on some systems named simply
28188 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28190 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28196 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28197 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28205 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28209 \begin_layout Standard
28210 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28216 \begin_layout Standard
28217 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28221 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28223 \begin_inset space ~
28228 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28229 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28231 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28232 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28233 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28234 the source view window.
28237 \begin_layout Section
28239 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28241 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28258 \begin_layout Standard
28259 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28260 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28277 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28283 can be seen as successor of
28287 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28292 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28293 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28301 \begin_layout Standard
28302 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28303 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28310 \begin_layout Standard
28313 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28316 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28317 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28318 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28319 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28320 scrolled so that it is visible.
28325 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28327 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28331 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28332 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28335 \begin_layout Standard
28336 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28339 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28343 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28344 will bring an error message.
28345 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28346 specifying a different
28348 Alternative language
28350 in preferences dialog.
28353 \begin_layout Standard
28354 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28357 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28361 \begin_layout Standard
28362 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28363 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28365 But you can use the
28368 \begin_inset space ~
28372 \begin_inset space ~
28380 \begin_layout Standard
28381 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28382 This does work with
28386 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28389 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28393 \begin_layout Standard
28398 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28401 \begin_layout Description
28403 \begin_inset space ~
28406 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28407 should consider, e.
28408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28412 \begin_inset space \space{}
28415 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28416 This should not normally be needed.
28419 \begin_layout Description
28421 \begin_inset space ~
28424 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28425 as your personal dictionary
28428 \begin_layout Description
28430 \begin_inset space ~
28434 \begin_inset space ~
28437 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28449 \begin_layout Description
28451 \begin_inset space ~
28455 \begin_inset space ~
28458 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28460 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28467 also for the spellchecker.
28471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28472 The encodings are explained in section
28473 \begin_inset space ~
28477 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28479 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28488 Only enable this if you use
28492 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28493 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28494 so this is disabled by default.
28497 \begin_layout Section
28502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28511 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28518 \begin_layout Standard
28519 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28522 \begin_layout Standard
28523 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28526 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28529 or the toolbar button
28530 \begin_inset Graphics
28531 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28532 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28533 rotateOrigin center
28538 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28542 \begin_layout Standard
28543 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28544 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28545 cases to find related words.
28548 \begin_layout Standard
28549 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28551 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28559 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28568 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28587 \begin_layout Section
28592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28603 Document ! Change Tracking
28609 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28611 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28618 \begin_layout Standard
28619 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28620 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28621 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28622 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28624 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28626 \begin_inset space ~
28629 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28631 \begin_inset space ~
28639 \begin_layout Standard
28640 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28649 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28652 \begin_inset space ~
28656 \begin_inset space ~
28669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28678 \begin_layout Standard
28679 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28692 \begin_layout Standard
28693 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28699 \begin_layout Standard
28700 \begin_inset Graphics
28701 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28708 \begin_layout Standard
28709 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28715 \begin_layout Standard
28716 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28720 \begin_layout Standard
28721 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28727 \begin_layout Standard
28728 \begin_inset Tabular
28729 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28730 <features islongtable="true">
28731 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28732 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28733 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28738 \begin_inset Graphics
28739 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28740 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28741 rotateOrigin center
28750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28756 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28758 \begin_inset space ~
28761 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28763 \begin_inset space ~
28772 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28777 \begin_inset Graphics
28778 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28779 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28780 rotateOrigin center
28789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28795 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28797 \begin_inset space ~
28800 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28802 \begin_inset space ~
28806 \begin_inset space ~
28810 \begin_inset space ~
28819 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28824 \begin_inset Graphics
28825 filename ../images/change-next.png
28826 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28827 rotateOrigin center
28836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28840 Jumps to the next change
28846 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28851 \begin_inset Graphics
28852 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28853 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28854 rotateOrigin center
28863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28869 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28871 \begin_inset space ~
28874 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28876 \begin_inset space ~
28885 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28890 \begin_inset Graphics
28891 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28892 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28893 rotateOrigin center
28902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28908 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28910 \begin_inset space ~
28913 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28915 \begin_inset space ~
28924 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28929 \begin_inset Graphics
28930 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28931 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28932 rotateOrigin center
28941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28947 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28949 \begin_inset space ~
28952 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28954 \begin_inset space ~
28963 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28968 \begin_inset Graphics
28969 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28970 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28971 rotateOrigin center
28980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28986 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28988 \begin_inset space ~
28991 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28993 \begin_inset space ~
28997 \begin_inset space ~
29006 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29011 \begin_inset Graphics
29012 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29013 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29014 rotateOrigin center
29023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29029 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29031 \begin_inset space ~
29034 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29036 \begin_inset space ~
29040 \begin_inset space ~
29049 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29054 \begin_inset Graphics
29055 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29056 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29057 rotateOrigin center
29066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29072 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29073 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29075 \begin_inset space ~
29084 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29089 \begin_inset Graphics
29090 filename ../images/note-next.png
29091 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29092 rotateOrigin center
29101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29107 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29109 \begin_inset space ~
29125 \begin_layout Standard
29126 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29132 \begin_layout Standard
29133 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29134 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29135 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29136 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29137 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29138 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29139 step to the next change.
29140 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29143 \begin_layout Standard
29144 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29145 to describe a change.
29148 \begin_layout Standard
29149 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29158 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29164 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29165 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29171 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29174 \begin_layout Section
29175 International Support
29179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29180 International support
29188 \begin_layout Standard
29189 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29190 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29191 how to set up LyX to use them:
29192 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29194 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29201 \begin_layout Standard
29202 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29203 \begin_inset space ~
29207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29209 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29216 \begin_layout Subsection
29221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29232 Document ! Settings
29241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29242 Document ! Language
29250 \begin_layout Standard
29253 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29256 dialog lets you set
29258 the language and character encoding for your language.
29262 \begin_layout Standard
29263 Choose your language in the
29267 section of this dialog.
29275 \begin_layout Standard
29280 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29284 use language's default encoding
29286 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29287 For details about the different encoding options see section
29288 \begin_inset space ~
29292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29294 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29301 \begin_layout Subsection
29302 Keyboard mapping configuration
29303 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29305 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29312 \begin_layout Standard
29313 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29314 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29315 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29316 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29317 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29319 \begin_inset space ~
29323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29325 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29330 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29331 which one you want to use.
29334 \begin_layout Standard
29335 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29336 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29337 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29338 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29339 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29340 one to support the characters you want.
29341 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29348 \begin_layout Subsection
29352 \begin_layout Standard
29354 \begin_inset space ~
29358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29360 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29369 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29373 \begin_layout Standard
29374 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29375 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29383 \begin_layout Itemize
29384 Even if you have selected
29390 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29393 dialog, users who have only the
29397 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29401 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29402 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29403 french quotes won't show up.
29406 \begin_layout Standard
29407 \begin_inset Float table
29412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29413 \begin_inset Caption
29415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29416 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29418 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29436 \begin_inset Tabular
29437 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29439 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29440 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29441 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29442 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29443 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29444 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29445 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29446 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29447 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29448 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29449 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29450 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29451 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29452 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29453 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29454 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29455 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33868 \begin_layout Standard
33869 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33871 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33872 also the characters from
33884 \begin_layout Itemize
33893 \begin_layout Standard
33894 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33895 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33901 \begin_layout Standard
33902 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33903 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33909 \begin_layout Standard
33910 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33911 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33917 \begin_layout Standard
33918 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33919 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33925 \begin_layout Standard
33927 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33933 \begin_layout Standard
33935 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33941 \begin_layout Standard
33943 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33950 \begin_layout Itemize
33963 \begin_layout Standard
33965 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33971 \begin_layout Standard
33973 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33979 \begin_layout Standard
33981 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33987 \begin_layout Standard
33989 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33995 \begin_layout Standard
33997 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34003 \begin_layout Standard
34005 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34012 \begin_layout Standard
34013 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34014 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34015 Also make sure you're using the
34022 \begin_layout Chapter
34025 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34027 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34034 \begin_layout Standard
34035 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34036 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34037 inside the user's guide.
34040 \begin_layout Section
34045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34054 \begin_layout Standard
34059 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34060 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34063 \begin_layout Subsection
34067 \begin_layout Standard
34068 Creates a new document.
34071 \begin_layout Subsection
34075 \begin_layout Standard
34076 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34077 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34078 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34081 \begin_layout Subsection
34085 \begin_layout Standard
34089 \begin_layout Subsection
34093 \begin_layout Standard
34094 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34095 Click there on a file to open it.
34098 \begin_layout Subsection
34102 \begin_layout Standard
34103 Closes the current document.
34106 \begin_layout Subsection
34110 \begin_layout Standard
34111 Saves the actual document.
34114 \begin_layout Subsection
34118 \begin_layout Standard
34119 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34122 \begin_layout Subsection
34126 \begin_layout Standard
34127 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34130 \begin_layout Subsection
34134 \begin_layout Standard
34135 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34136 It is described in the section
34138 Version Control in LyX
34143 \begin_inset space ~
34151 \begin_layout Subsection
34155 \begin_layout Standard
34156 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34157 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34158 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34161 \begin_layout Standard
34162 When using the menu
34165 \begin_inset space ~
34169 \begin_inset space ~
34174 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34175 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34176 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34177 will start a new paragraph.
34180 \begin_layout Subsection
34182 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34191 \begin_layout Standard
34192 You can export your document to various file formats.
34193 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34194 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34195 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34198 \begin_layout Standard
34199 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34201 \begin_inset space ~
34205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34207 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34214 \begin_layout Description
34218 \begin_inset space ~
34223 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34224 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34227 \begin_layout Description
34235 \begin_layout Description
34236 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34240 \begin_layout Description
34242 \begin_inset space ~
34246 \begin_inset space ~
34249 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34253 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34261 \begin_layout Description
34268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34276 \begin_inset space ~
34281 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34282 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34286 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34289 \begin_layout Description
34296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34304 \begin_inset space ~
34309 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34310 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34318 \begin_layout Description
34320 \begin_inset space ~
34323 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34331 is replaced by the version number)
34334 \begin_layout Description
34335 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34348 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34352 \begin_layout Description
34357 PDF-format using the program
34362 \begin_layout Description
34366 \begin_inset space ~
34371 PDF-format using the program
34376 \begin_layout Description
34380 \begin_inset space ~
34385 PDF-format using the program
34390 \begin_layout Description
34394 \begin_inset space ~
34402 \begin_layout Description
34406 \begin_inset space ~
34410 \begin_inset space ~
34415 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34416 and then exported as text using the program
34421 \begin_layout Description
34426 PostScript format using the program
34431 \begin_layout Description
34439 \begin_layout Standard
34444 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34445 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34451 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34454 \begin_layout Standard
34455 If one of the menu entries
34462 \begin_inset space ~
34471 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34472 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34473 \begin_inset space ~
34477 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34479 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34488 Reconfiguration of LyX
34496 \begin_layout Standard
34501 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34502 the export program.
34505 \begin_layout Subsection
34509 \begin_layout Standard
34510 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34511 or send it to a printer.
34512 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34513 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34519 For more informations have a look at section
34520 \begin_inset space ~
34524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34526 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34533 \begin_layout Subsection
34534 New and Close Window
34537 \begin_layout Standard
34538 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34539 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34542 \begin_layout Section
34547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34556 \begin_layout Subsection
34560 \begin_layout Standard
34561 Described in section
34562 \begin_inset space ~
34566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34568 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34575 \begin_layout Subsection
34576 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34579 \begin_layout Standard
34580 Described in section
34581 \begin_inset space ~
34585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34587 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34594 \begin_layout Subsection
34598 \begin_layout Standard
34599 Selects the whole document.
34602 \begin_layout Subsection
34606 \begin_layout Standard
34607 Described in section
34608 \begin_inset space ~
34612 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34614 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34621 \begin_layout Subsection
34622 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34625 \begin_layout Standard
34626 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34630 \begin_layout Subsection
34634 \begin_layout Standard
34635 Described in section
34636 \begin_inset space ~
34640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34642 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34649 \begin_layout Subsection
34654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34655 Paragraph ! Settings
34663 \begin_layout Standard
34664 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34666 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34669 \begin_layout Standard
34670 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34671 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34674 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34680 \begin_inset space ~
34688 \begin_layout Subsection
34692 \begin_layout Standard
34693 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34694 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34695 The properties of tables are described in section
34696 \begin_inset space ~
34700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34702 reference "sec:Tables"
34706 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34707 \begin_inset space ~
34711 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34713 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34720 \begin_layout Subsection
34721 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34724 \begin_layout Standard
34725 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34727 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34728 \begin_inset space ~
34732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34734 reference "sec:Nesting"
34739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34741 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34748 \begin_layout Section
34753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34762 \begin_layout Standard
34767 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34768 document with an external program.
34769 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34770 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34771 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34772 \begin_inset space ~
34776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34778 reference "sub:Export"
34783 You should at least see the menu entries
34790 \begin_inset space ~
34796 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34797 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34798 \begin_inset space ~
34802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34804 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34813 Reconfiguration of LyX
34821 \begin_layout Standard
34822 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34823 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34824 \begin_inset space ~
34828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34830 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34835 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34838 \begin_layout Standard
34839 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34842 At the bottom of the
34846 menu the opened documents are listed.
34849 \begin_layout Subsection
34850 Open/Close all Insets
34853 \begin_layout Standard
34854 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
34857 \begin_layout Subsection
34858 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
34861 \begin_layout Standard
34862 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
34865 \begin_layout Standard
34866 More about math macros will be described in the
34873 \begin_layout Subsection
34877 \begin_layout Standard
34878 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34880 \begin_inset space ~
34884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34886 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34893 \begin_layout Subsection
34897 \begin_layout Standard
34898 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34899 opening a new view window.
34902 \begin_layout Subsection
34906 \begin_layout Standard
34907 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
34908 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
34909 the same document, but at different positions.
34910 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
34911 or more documents the same time.
34912 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
34919 \begin_layout Subsection
34923 \begin_layout Standard
34924 Closes a split view.
34927 \begin_layout Subsection
34931 \begin_layout Standard
34932 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
34933 that you will see nothing than your text.
34934 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
34935 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
34936 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
34939 \begin_layout Subsection
34941 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34943 name "sub:Toolbars"
34951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34960 \begin_layout Standard
34961 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34962 All toolbars and the
34965 \begin_inset space ~
34970 can be turned on and off.
34975 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34987 \begin_inset space ~
34996 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35000 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35007 \begin_layout Standard
35012 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35016 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35017 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35018 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35019 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35020 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35023 \begin_layout Standard
35024 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35025 \begin_inset space ~
35029 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35031 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35038 \begin_layout Section
35043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35052 \begin_layout Subsection
35056 \begin_layout Standard
35057 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35058 \begin_inset space ~
35062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35064 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35075 \begin_layout Subsection
35077 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35079 name "sub:Special-Character"
35086 \begin_layout Standard
35087 Here you can insert the following characters:
35090 \begin_layout Description
35091 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35092 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35093 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35094 \begin_inset Newline newline
35098 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35106 Not all characters will be visible in the
35110 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
35112 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35118 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35122 ) can display every character.
35130 \begin_layout Description
35131 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35135 \begin_layout Description
35137 \begin_inset space ~
35141 \begin_inset space ~
35144 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35145 \begin_inset space ~
35149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35151 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35158 \begin_layout Description
35160 \begin_inset space ~
35163 Quote Inserts this quote:
35164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35167 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35169 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35179 \begin_layout Description
35181 \begin_inset space ~
35184 Quote Inserts this quote:
35185 \begin_inset Quotes els
35191 \begin_layout Description
35193 \begin_inset space ~
35196 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35200 \begin_layout Description
35202 \begin_inset space ~
35205 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35209 \begin_layout Description
35211 \begin_inset space ~
35214 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35218 \begin_layout Description
35220 \begin_inset space ~
35227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35238 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35243 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35244 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35245 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35254 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35260 \begin_inset Newline newline
35263 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35267 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35275 and this Wiki-page:
35276 \begin_inset Newline newline
35280 \begin_inset Flex URL
35283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35285 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35293 \begin_layout Subsection
35297 \begin_layout Standard
35298 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35301 \begin_layout Description
35302 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35303 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35309 \begin_layout Description
35310 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35311 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35317 \begin_layout Description
35319 \begin_inset space ~
35322 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35323 \begin_inset space ~
35327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35329 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35336 \begin_layout Description
35338 \begin_inset space ~
35341 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35342 \begin_inset space ~
35346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35348 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35355 \begin_layout Description
35357 \begin_inset space ~
35360 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35361 \begin_inset space ~
35365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35367 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35374 \begin_layout Description
35376 \begin_inset space ~
35379 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35380 \begin_inset space ~
35384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35386 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35393 \begin_layout Description
35395 \begin_inset space ~
35398 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35399 \begin_inset space ~
35403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35405 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35412 \begin_layout Description
35414 \begin_inset space ~
35417 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35418 \begin_inset space ~
35422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35424 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35431 \begin_layout Description
35433 \begin_inset space ~
35436 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35437 \begin_inset space ~
35441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35443 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35450 \begin_layout Description
35452 \begin_inset space ~
35455 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35456 \begin_inset space ~
35460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35462 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35469 \begin_layout Description
35471 \begin_inset space ~
35475 \begin_inset space ~
35478 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35479 \begin_inset space ~
35483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35485 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35492 \begin_layout Description
35494 \begin_inset space ~
35497 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35498 text line to the page border, see section
35499 \begin_inset space ~
35503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35505 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35512 \begin_layout Description
35514 \begin_inset space ~
35517 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35518 \begin_inset space ~
35522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35524 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35531 \begin_layout Description
35533 \begin_inset space ~
35536 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35537 text page to the page border, described in section
35538 \begin_inset space ~
35542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35544 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35551 \begin_layout Description
35553 \begin_inset space ~
35556 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35557 \begin_inset space ~
35561 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35563 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35570 \begin_layout Description
35572 \begin_inset space ~
35576 \begin_inset space ~
35579 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35580 \begin_inset space ~
35584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35586 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35593 \begin_layout Subsection
35597 \begin_layout Standard
35598 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35599 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35601 \begin_inset space ~
35605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35607 reference "sec:toc"
35612 The index list is described in section
35613 \begin_inset space ~
35617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35619 reference "sec:Index"
35623 , the nomenclature in section
35624 \begin_inset space ~
35628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35630 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35634 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35635 \begin_inset space ~
35639 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35641 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35648 \begin_layout Subsection
35652 \begin_layout Standard
35653 To insert floats, described in section
35654 \begin_inset space ~
35658 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35660 reference "sec:Floats"
35667 \begin_layout Subsection
35671 \begin_layout Standard
35672 To insert notes, described in section
35673 \begin_inset space ~
35677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35679 reference "sec:Notes"
35686 \begin_layout Subsection
35690 \begin_layout Standard
35691 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35692 \begin_inset space ~
35696 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35698 reference "sec:Branches"
35705 \begin_layout Subsection
35710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35719 \begin_layout Standard
35720 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
35721 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35732 \begin_layout Subsection
35737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35746 \begin_layout Standard
35747 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35748 \begin_inset space ~
35752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35754 reference "sec:Minipages"
35759 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35770 \begin_layout Subsection
35774 \begin_layout Standard
35775 Inserts a citation as described in section
35776 \begin_inset space ~
35780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35782 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35789 \begin_layout Subsection
35793 \begin_layout Standard
35794 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35795 \begin_inset space ~
35799 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35801 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35808 \begin_layout Subsection
35812 \begin_layout Standard
35813 Inserts a label as described in section
35814 \begin_inset space ~
35818 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35820 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35827 \begin_layout Subsection
35832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35843 Longtables ! Caption
35851 \begin_layout Standard
35852 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35853 Floats are described in section
35854 \begin_inset space ~
35858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35860 reference "sec:Floats"
35864 , captions in longtables are described in section
35875 \begin_layout Subsection
35879 \begin_layout Standard
35880 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35881 \begin_inset space ~
35885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35887 reference "sec:Index"
35894 \begin_layout Subsection
35898 \begin_layout Standard
35899 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35900 \begin_inset space ~
35904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35906 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35913 \begin_layout Subsection
35917 \begin_layout Standard
35919 Tables are described in section
35920 \begin_inset space ~
35924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35926 reference "sec:Tables"
35933 \begin_layout Subsection
35937 \begin_layout Standard
35939 Graphics are described in section
35940 \begin_inset space ~
35944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35946 reference "sec:Graphics"
35953 \begin_layout Subsection
35957 \begin_layout Standard
35958 Inserts an URL as described in section
35959 \begin_inset space ~
35963 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35965 reference "sub:URLs"
35972 \begin_layout Subsection
35976 \begin_layout Standard
35977 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
35978 \begin_inset space ~
35982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35984 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
35991 \begin_layout Subsection
35995 \begin_layout Standard
35996 Inserts a footnote, see section
35997 \begin_inset space ~
36001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36003 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36010 \begin_layout Subsection
36014 \begin_layout Standard
36015 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36016 \begin_inset space ~
36020 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36022 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36029 \begin_layout Subsection
36033 \begin_layout Standard
36034 Inserts a short title, see section
36035 \begin_inset space ~
36039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36041 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36048 \begin_layout Subsection
36052 \begin_layout Standard
36053 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36054 \begin_inset space ~
36058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36060 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36067 \begin_layout Subsection
36072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36081 \begin_layout Standard
36082 Inserts a program listings box.
36083 Program listings are explained in chapter
36085 Program Code Listings
36094 \begin_layout Subsection
36098 \begin_layout Standard
36099 Inserts the actual date.
36100 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36102 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36112 There the different methods are also compared.
36115 \begin_layout Section
36120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36129 \begin_layout Standard
36130 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36131 \begin_inset space ~
36134 of the current document.
36135 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36138 \begin_layout Subsection
36142 \begin_layout Standard
36143 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36144 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36146 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36150 \begin_inset space \space{}
36154 \begin_inset space ~
36158 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36159 \begin_inset space ~
36162 2.5 and use the menu
36165 \begin_inset space ~
36169 \begin_inset space ~
36176 \begin_inset space ~
36182 \begin_inset space ~
36186 \begin_inset space ~
36192 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36196 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36202 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36208 \begin_layout Standard
36209 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36210 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36213 \begin_layout Subsection
36214 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36217 \begin_layout Standard
36218 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36222 \begin_layout Subsection
36226 \begin_layout Standard
36227 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36228 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36229 on a cross-reference box.
36232 \begin_layout Section
36237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36246 \begin_layout Subsection
36250 \begin_layout Standard
36251 Change Tracking is described in section
36252 \begin_inset space ~
36256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36258 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36265 \begin_layout Subsection
36270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36280 \begin_layout Standard
36281 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36283 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36286 \begin_layout Standard
36287 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36292 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36295 \begin_layout Subsection
36299 \begin_layout Standard
36300 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36301 \begin_inset space ~
36305 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36307 reference "sec:Navigating"
36312 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36314 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36321 \begin_layout Subsection
36322 Start Appendix Here
36325 \begin_layout Standard
36326 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36327 position as described in section
36328 \begin_inset space ~
36332 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36334 reference "sec:Appendices"
36341 \begin_layout Subsection
36345 \begin_layout Standard
36346 Un/compresses the actual document.
36349 \begin_layout Subsection
36353 \begin_layout Standard
36354 The document settings are described in appendix
36355 \begin_inset space ~
36359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36361 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36368 \begin_layout Section
36373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36382 \begin_layout Subsection
36386 \begin_layout Standard
36387 Spell checking is explained in section
36388 \begin_inset space ~
36392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36394 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36401 \begin_layout Subsection
36405 \begin_layout Standard
36406 The thesaurus is described in section
36407 \begin_inset space ~
36411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36413 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36420 \begin_layout Subsection
36425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36444 \begin_layout Standard
36445 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
36446 highlighted document part.
36449 \begin_layout Subsection
36454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36463 \begin_layout Standard
36464 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36467 \begin_layout Subsection
36472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36473 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36484 Reconfiguration of LyX
36488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36505 Reconfiguration of LyX
36513 \begin_layout Standard
36514 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36515 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36516 \begin_inset space ~
36520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36522 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36529 \begin_layout Subsection
36533 \begin_layout Standard
36534 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
36535 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36541 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36548 \begin_layout Section
36553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36562 \begin_layout Standard
36563 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36567 \begin_layout Standard
36571 \begin_inset space ~
36576 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36577 found by LyX (see also section
36578 \begin_inset space ~
36582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36584 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36591 \begin_layout Section
36593 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36595 name "sec:Toolbars"
36602 \begin_layout Standard
36603 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36604 \begin_inset space ~
36608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36610 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36617 \begin_layout Standard
36618 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36619 This is described in the
36621 Additional Features
36626 \begin_layout Subsection
36631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36640 \begin_layout Standard
36641 \begin_inset Graphics
36642 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36650 \begin_layout Standard
36651 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36657 \begin_layout Standard
36658 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36675 \begin_inset Note Note
36678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36679 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36684 manual for more information.
36692 \begin_layout Standard
36693 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36699 \begin_layout Standard
36700 \begin_inset Tabular
36701 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36702 <features islongtable="true">
36703 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36704 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36710 \begin_inset Graphics
36711 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36725 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
36738 \begin_layout Standard
36739 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36745 \begin_layout Standard
36747 \begin_inset Tabular
36748 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36749 <features islongtable="true">
36750 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36751 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36752 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36759 \begin_inset Graphics
36760 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36761 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36776 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36783 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36788 \begin_inset Graphics
36789 filename ../images/file-open.png
36790 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36805 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36812 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36817 \begin_inset Graphics
36818 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36819 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36834 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36841 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36846 \begin_inset Graphics
36847 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36848 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36863 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36870 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36875 \begin_inset Graphics
36876 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36877 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36892 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36899 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36904 \begin_inset Graphics
36905 filename ../images/undo.png
36906 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36921 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36928 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36933 \begin_inset Graphics
36934 filename ../images/redo.png
36935 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36950 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36957 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36962 \begin_inset Graphics
36963 filename ../images/cut.png
36964 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36979 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36986 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36991 \begin_inset Graphics
36992 filename ../images/copy.png
36993 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37008 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37015 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37020 \begin_inset Graphics
37021 filename ../images/paste.png
37022 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37037 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37044 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37049 \begin_inset Graphics
37050 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37051 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37052 rotateOrigin center
37061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37067 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37073 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37082 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37087 \begin_inset Graphics
37088 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37089 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37102 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37104 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37106 \begin_inset space ~
37117 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37122 \begin_inset Graphics
37123 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37124 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37137 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37139 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37141 \begin_inset space ~
37152 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37157 \begin_inset Graphics
37158 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37159 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37172 Formats text using the current settings in the
37174 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37176 \begin_inset space ~
37187 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37192 \begin_inset Graphics
37193 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37194 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37209 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37210 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37212 \begin_inset space ~
37221 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37226 \begin_inset Graphics
37227 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37228 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37229 rotateOrigin center
37238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37244 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37251 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37256 \begin_inset Graphics
37257 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37258 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37259 rotateOrigin center
37268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37274 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37281 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37286 \begin_inset Graphics
37287 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37288 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37289 rotateOrigin center
37298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37302 Toggle outline window on/off,
37304 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37311 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37316 \begin_inset Graphics
37317 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37318 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37319 rotateOrigin center
37328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37332 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37338 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37343 \begin_inset Graphics
37344 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37345 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37346 rotateOrigin center
37355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37359 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37372 \begin_layout Subsection
37377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37386 \begin_layout Standard
37387 \begin_inset Graphics
37388 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37396 \begin_layout Standard
37397 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37403 \begin_layout Standard
37404 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37408 \begin_layout Standard
37409 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37415 \begin_layout Standard
37416 \begin_inset Tabular
37417 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
37418 <features islongtable="true">
37419 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37420 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37421 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37426 \begin_inset Graphics
37427 filename ../images/layout.png
37428 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37429 rotateOrigin center
37438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37448 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37453 \begin_inset Graphics
37454 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37455 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37456 rotateOrigin center
37465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37475 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37480 \begin_inset Graphics
37481 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37482 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37483 rotateOrigin center
37492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37502 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37507 \begin_inset Graphics
37508 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37509 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37510 rotateOrigin center
37519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37529 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37534 \begin_inset Graphics
37535 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37536 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37537 rotateOrigin center
37546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37556 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37561 \begin_inset Graphics
37562 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37563 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37564 rotateOrigin center
37573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37579 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37581 \begin_inset space ~
37585 \begin_inset space ~
37594 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37599 \begin_inset Graphics
37600 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37601 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37602 rotateOrigin center
37611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37617 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37619 \begin_inset space ~
37623 \begin_inset space ~
37632 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37637 \begin_inset Graphics
37638 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37639 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37654 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37655 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37662 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37667 \begin_inset Graphics
37668 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37669 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37684 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37685 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37692 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37697 \begin_inset Graphics
37698 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37699 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37714 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37721 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37726 \begin_inset Graphics
37727 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37728 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37743 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37750 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37755 \begin_inset Graphics
37756 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37757 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37772 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37779 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37784 \begin_inset Graphics
37785 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37786 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37801 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37803 \begin_inset space ~
37812 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37817 \begin_inset Graphics
37818 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37819 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37834 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37836 \begin_inset space ~
37845 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37850 \begin_inset Graphics
37851 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37852 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37867 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37874 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37879 \begin_inset Graphics
37880 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37881 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37882 rotateOrigin center
37891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37897 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37899 \begin_inset space ~
37908 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37913 \begin_inset Graphics
37914 filename ../images/note-insert.png
37915 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37930 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37931 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37933 \begin_inset space ~
37942 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37947 \begin_inset Graphics
37948 filename ../images/box-insert.png
37949 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37964 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37971 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37976 \begin_inset Graphics
37977 filename ../images/url-insert.png
37978 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37993 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38000 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38005 \begin_inset Graphics
38006 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38007 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38022 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38044 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38049 \begin_inset Graphics
38050 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38051 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38066 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38067 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38074 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38079 \begin_inset Graphics
38080 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38081 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38096 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38097 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38099 \begin_inset space ~
38108 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38113 \begin_inset Graphics
38114 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38115 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38116 rotateOrigin center
38125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38131 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38133 \begin_inset space ~
38142 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38147 \begin_inset Graphics
38148 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38149 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38150 rotateOrigin center
38159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38165 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38167 \begin_inset space ~
38176 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38181 \begin_inset Graphics
38182 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38183 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38184 rotateOrigin center
38193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38199 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38213 \begin_layout Subsection
38214 View / Update Toolbar
38218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38219 Toolbar ! View / Update
38227 \begin_layout Standard
38228 \begin_inset Graphics
38229 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38236 \begin_layout Standard
38237 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38243 \begin_layout Standard
38244 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38248 \begin_layout Standard
38249 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38255 \begin_layout Standard
38256 \begin_inset Tabular
38257 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38258 <features islongtable="true">
38259 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38260 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38261 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38266 \begin_inset Graphics
38267 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38268 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38269 rotateOrigin center
38278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38284 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38291 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38296 \begin_inset Graphics
38297 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38298 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38299 rotateOrigin center
38308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38314 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38315 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38322 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38327 \begin_inset Graphics
38328 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38329 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38330 rotateOrigin center
38339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38345 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38352 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38357 \begin_inset Graphics
38358 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38359 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38360 rotateOrigin center
38369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38375 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38376 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38383 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38388 \begin_inset Graphics
38389 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38390 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38391 rotateOrigin center
38400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38406 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38413 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38418 \begin_inset Graphics
38419 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38420 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38421 rotateOrigin center
38430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38436 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38437 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38451 \begin_layout Subsection
38455 \begin_layout Standard
38456 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38457 \begin_inset space ~
38461 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38463 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38467 , the table toolbar
38471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38481 manual, the math macro toolbar in the
38488 \begin_layout Chapter
38489 The Document Settings
38490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38492 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38501 Document ! Settings
38509 \begin_layout Standard
38510 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
38511 whole document and is called with the menu
38513 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38517 You can save your document settings as default with th
38519 e Save as Document Defaults
38521 button in the dialog.
38522 This will create a template name
38530 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
38534 \begin_layout Standard
38535 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
38538 \begin_layout Section
38542 \begin_layout Standard
38543 Here you set the document class, class options, a Postscript driver, and
38545 Document classes are described in section
38546 \begin_inset space ~
38550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38552 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
38557 Some classes use some class options by default.
38558 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
38562 and you can decide to use them or not.
38563 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
38564 recommended not to touch them.
38565 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
38570 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
38571 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
38575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38576 When you want one of the following drivers
38577 \begin_inset Newline newline
38580 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
38581 \begin_inset Newline newline
38584 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
38585 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38589 \begin_inset CommandInset href
38591 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
38603 \begin_layout Standard
38604 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
38605 child or subdocument.
38606 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
38607 without its master.
38608 This way child documents are always compileable.
38609 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
38620 \begin_layout Section
38624 \begin_layout Standard
38625 Modules are explained in section
38626 \begin_inset space ~
38630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38632 reference "sub:Modules"
38639 \begin_layout Section
38643 \begin_layout Standard
38644 The document font settings are described in section
38645 \begin_inset space ~
38649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38651 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
38658 \begin_layout Section
38662 \begin_layout Standard
38663 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
38665 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
38669 \begin_layout Standard
38670 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
38671 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
38672 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
38675 \begin_layout Standard
38676 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
38684 \begin_layout Section
38688 \begin_layout Standard
38689 A description of this menu is given in section
38690 \begin_inset space ~
38694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38696 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
38701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38703 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
38710 \begin_layout Section
38714 \begin_layout Standard
38715 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
38716 \begin_inset space ~
38720 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38722 reference "sub:Margins"
38729 \begin_layout Section
38734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38735 Language ! Encoding
38743 \begin_layout Standard
38744 The document language and quote styles are set here.
38745 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
38746 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
38747 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
38748 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
38749 known for a particular character).
38753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38754 The known commands are defined in a text file.
38755 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
38760 manual for details.
38768 \begin_layout Standard
38769 If you use the option
38773 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
38774 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
38775 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
38776 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
38777 exactly one encoding.
38778 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
38786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38787 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
38788 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
38790 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
38791 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38805 \begin_layout Standard
38806 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
38807 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
38808 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
38809 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
38810 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
38811 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
38816 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
38817 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
38818 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
38821 \begin_layout Standard
38822 Here is a list with the important encodings:
38825 \begin_layout Description
38827 \begin_inset space ~
38831 \begin_inset space ~
38835 \begin_inset space ~
38842 , but the LaTeX-package
38850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38851 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
38857 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
38858 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
38859 languages in TeX code.
38862 \begin_layout Description
38863 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
38864 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
38865 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
38868 \begin_layout Description
38870 \begin_inset space ~
38874 \begin_inset space ~
38877 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
38880 \begin_layout Description
38882 \begin_inset space ~
38886 \begin_inset space ~
38889 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
38892 \begin_layout Description
38894 \begin_inset space ~
38897 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
38900 \begin_layout Description
38902 \begin_inset space ~
38906 \begin_inset space ~
38909 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
38910 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
38913 \begin_layout Description
38915 \begin_inset space ~
38919 \begin_inset space ~
38922 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
38926 \begin_layout Description
38928 \begin_inset space ~
38932 \begin_inset space ~
38935 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
38936 ISO-8859-13 encoding
38939 \begin_layout Description
38941 \begin_inset space ~
38945 \begin_inset space ~
38949 \begin_inset space ~
38952 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
38953 \begin_inset space ~
38959 \begin_layout Description
38961 \begin_inset space ~
38965 \begin_inset space ~
38969 \begin_inset space ~
38972 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
38973 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
38976 \begin_layout Description
38978 \begin_inset space ~
38982 \begin_inset space ~
38985 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
38986 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
38987 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
38988 \begin_inset space ~
38992 \begin_inset space ~
38998 \begin_layout Description
39000 \begin_inset space ~
39004 \begin_inset space ~
39007 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39008 except of the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39009 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39010 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39011 \begin_inset space ~
39015 \begin_inset space ~
39021 \begin_layout Description
39023 \begin_inset space ~
39027 \begin_inset space ~
39030 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39033 \begin_layout Description
39035 \begin_inset space ~
39039 \begin_inset space ~
39042 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39045 \begin_layout Description
39047 \begin_inset space ~
39051 \begin_inset space ~
39054 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39057 \begin_layout Description
39059 \begin_inset space ~
39062 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39065 \begin_layout Description
39067 \begin_inset space ~
39070 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39073 \begin_layout Description
39075 \begin_inset space ~
39079 \begin_inset space ~
39082 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39085 \begin_layout Description
39087 \begin_inset space ~
39091 \begin_inset space ~
39097 \begin_layout Description
39099 \begin_inset space ~
39103 \begin_inset space ~
39106 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39109 \begin_layout Description
39111 \begin_inset space ~
39115 \begin_inset space ~
39121 \begin_layout Description
39123 \begin_inset space ~
39127 \begin_inset space ~
39130 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39139 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39144 , when using this, set the document language to
39149 \begin_layout Description
39151 \begin_inset space ~
39155 \begin_inset space ~
39158 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39162 , when using this, set the document language to
39167 \begin_layout Description
39169 \begin_inset space ~
39173 \begin_inset space ~
39176 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39185 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39190 , when using this, set the document language to
39195 \begin_layout Description
39197 \begin_inset space ~
39201 \begin_inset space ~
39204 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39208 , when using this, set the document language to
39213 \begin_layout Description
39215 \begin_inset space ~
39219 \begin_inset space ~
39222 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39226 , when using this, set the document language to
39231 \begin_layout Description
39233 \begin_inset space ~
39236 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39239 \begin_layout Description
39241 \begin_inset space ~
39245 \begin_inset space ~
39249 \begin_inset space ~
39252 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39255 \begin_layout Description
39257 \begin_inset space ~
39261 \begin_inset space ~
39265 \begin_inset space ~
39268 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39269 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39270 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39273 \begin_layout Description
39275 \begin_inset space ~
39279 \begin_inset space ~
39285 \begin_layout Description
39287 \begin_inset space ~
39291 \begin_inset space ~
39294 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39295 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39298 \begin_layout Description
39300 \begin_inset space ~
39304 \begin_inset space ~
39307 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39316 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39321 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39324 \begin_layout Description
39326 \begin_inset space ~
39330 \begin_inset space ~
39333 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39337 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39346 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39347 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39361 \begin_layout Description
39363 \begin_inset space ~
39367 \begin_inset space ~
39370 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
39378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39379 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
39384 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
39387 \begin_layout Description
39389 \begin_inset space ~
39392 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
39400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39401 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39407 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
39411 \begin_layout Description
39413 \begin_inset space ~
39417 \begin_inset space ~
39421 \begin_inset space ~
39424 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
39425 \begin_inset space ~
39431 \begin_layout Description
39433 \begin_inset space ~
39437 \begin_inset space ~
39441 \begin_inset space ~
39444 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
39445 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
39446 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
39450 \begin_layout Description
39452 \begin_inset space ~
39456 \begin_inset space ~
39460 \begin_inset space ~
39463 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
39464 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
39467 \begin_layout Section
39471 \begin_layout Standard
39472 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
39474 \begin_inset space ~
39478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39480 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
39487 \begin_layout Section
39491 \begin_layout Standard
39492 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
39500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39501 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
39514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39515 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
39521 For a further description see section
39522 \begin_inset space ~
39526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39528 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39535 \begin_layout Section
39539 \begin_layout Standard
39540 The PDF properties are explained in section
39541 \begin_inset space ~
39545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39547 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
39554 \begin_layout Section
39558 \begin_layout Standard
39559 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
39567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39568 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
39581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39582 LaTeX-packages ! esint
39587 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
39590 \begin_layout Standard
39595 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
39596 assure that you have enabled AMS.
39599 \begin_layout Standard
39604 is used for special integral characters.
39607 \begin_layout Section
39611 \begin_layout Standard
39612 The float placement options are described in section
39613 \begin_inset space ~
39617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39619 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
39626 \begin_layout Section
39630 \begin_layout Standard
39631 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
39632 The itemize environment is described in section
39633 \begin_inset space ~
39637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39639 reference "sec:Itemize"
39646 \begin_layout Section
39650 \begin_layout Standard
39651 Branches are described in section
39652 \begin_inset space ~
39656 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39658 reference "sec:Branches"
39665 \begin_layout Section
39670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39680 \begin_layout Standard
39681 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
39682 to define LaTeX-commands.
39683 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
39684 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
39688 \begin_layout Standard
39689 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
39690 \begin_inset space ~
39694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39696 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
39703 \begin_layout Chapter
39709 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39711 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39728 \begin_layout Standard
39729 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
39731 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39735 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39738 \begin_layout Section
39742 \begin_layout Subsection
39746 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39747 User Interface File
39751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39752 Customization ! of toolbars
39761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39762 Customization ! of menus
39770 \begin_layout Standard
39771 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39779 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
39788 \begin_layout Standard
39789 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39790 interface (ui) file.
39791 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39792 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39801 Both files are loaded by the
39806 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39807 files and edit the entries.
39810 \begin_layout Standard
39811 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39823 entries must be ended with an explicit
39848 and in the case of the
39849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39861 The syntax for the entries is:
39864 \begin_layout Standard
39865 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39893 \begin_layout Standard
39895 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39898 All LyX-functions are listed in
39899 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39908 \begin_layout Standard
39909 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39915 \begin_layout Standard
39916 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39918 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39921 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39925 \begin_layout Standard
39926 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39931 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39934 \begin_layout Standard
39936 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39939 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39942 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39946 \begin_layout Standard
39950 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39954 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39957 restoring of window layout and geometries
39959 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
39960 in the last LyX session.
39963 \begin_layout Standard
39966 Restore cursor positions
39968 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39972 \begin_layout Standard
39975 Load opened files from last session
39977 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39980 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39982 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39984 name "sub:Backup documents"
39992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40001 \begin_layout Standard
40006 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40009 \begin_layout Standard
40014 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40017 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40019 \begin_inset space ~
40027 \begin_layout Subsection
40032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40039 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40041 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40048 \begin_layout Standard
40049 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40052 \begin_layout Standard
40053 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40061 This section only deals with the fonts
40066 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40069 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40070 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40081 \begin_layout Standard
40082 By default, LyX uses
40086 as roman (serif) font,
40094 (depends on the system) as
40097 \begin_inset space ~
40113 \begin_layout Standard
40114 You can change the font size with the
40119 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40120 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40123 \begin_layout Standard
40128 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40129 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40131 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40134 points have the size of 1
40135 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40139 \begin_inset space ~
40143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40145 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40152 \begin_layout Standard
40157 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40158 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40162 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40163 \begin_inset space ~
40167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40169 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40176 \begin_layout Standard
40179 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40181 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40182 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40183 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40184 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40186 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40187 \begin_inset space ~
40193 \begin_layout Subsection
40198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40217 \begin_layout Standard
40218 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40219 Choose an item in the list and use the
40226 \begin_layout Subsection
40231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40232 Settings ! Graphics
40240 \begin_layout Standard
40241 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40244 \begin_layout Standard
40249 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40250 This feature is described in section
40251 \begin_inset space ~
40255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40257 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40264 \begin_layout Section
40269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40278 \begin_layout Subsection
40282 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40286 \begin_layout Standard
40289 Cursor follows scrollbar
40291 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40295 \begin_layout Standard
40298 Sort environments alphabetically
40300 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40303 \begin_layout Standard
40306 Group environments by their category
40308 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40311 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40315 \begin_layout Standard
40316 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40321 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40322 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40326 \begin_layout Subsection
40331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40342 Settings ! Shortcuts
40350 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40354 \begin_layout Standard
40355 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40356 Several binding files are available:
40359 \begin_layout Description
40360 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40363 \begin_layout Description
40364 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40375 \begin_layout Description
40376 mac.bind set of bindings for
40379 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40387 \begin_layout Standard
40388 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40392 , and bind files for special languages.
40393 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
40394 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40398 \begin_inset space \space{}
40402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40410 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40414 \begin_layout Standard
40415 Some bind-files, like
40419 , have only a small scope.
40420 When looking at the the end of the file
40424 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40427 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40429 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40431 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40440 Key Bindings ! Editing
40448 \begin_layout Standard
40449 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40450 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40451 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40454 Show key-bindings containing
40457 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40458 Insert there for example as keyword
40459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40466 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40476 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40477 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40481 that you find in the
40488 \begin_layout Standard
40490 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40494 \begin_inset space \space{}
40505 , select the function and press the
40510 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40511 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
40512 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40513 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
40514 binding and adding the different function names as semicolon separated
40516 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
40518 The binding for the function
40522 is an example for this.
40525 \begin_layout Standard
40526 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
40528 The syntax of the entries is:
40531 \begin_layout Standard
40537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40555 \begin_layout Subsection
40557 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40561 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40565 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40567 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40586 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40594 \begin_layout Standard
40595 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40596 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40598 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40602 \begin_inset space \space{}
40605 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40606 can use the keyboard map file named
40613 \begin_layout Standard
40614 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40622 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40630 \begin_layout Standard
40631 Besides this, you can specify here the
40633 Wheel scrolling speed
40636 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
40640 \begin_layout Section
40645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40664 \begin_layout Description
40666 \begin_inset space ~
40669 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40670 It is the default when you
40681 \begin_inset space ~
40689 \begin_layout Description
40691 \begin_inset space ~
40694 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
40696 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40698 \begin_inset space ~
40702 \begin_inset space ~
40710 \begin_layout Description
40712 \begin_inset space ~
40719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40725 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
40726 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
40727 \begin_inset space ~
40731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40733 reference "sub:Backup documents"
40741 will be used to save the backups.
40742 \begin_inset Newline newline
40745 The backup files have the ending
40746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40756 \begin_layout Description
40761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40768 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
40769 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
40770 \begin_inset Newline newline
40774 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40782 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
40790 \begin_layout Description
40792 \begin_inset space ~
40795 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
40798 \begin_layout Description
40800 \begin_inset space ~
40803 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
40804 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
40805 to find it on the system.
40806 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
40807 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
40809 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40813 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40816 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
40817 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
40821 \begin_layout Section
40825 \begin_layout Standard
40826 Here you can insert your name and email address.
40827 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
40829 \begin_inset space ~
40833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40835 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40839 , to mark changes you make as yours.
40842 \begin_layout Section
40847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40848 Language ! Settings
40857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40858 Settings ! Language
40866 \begin_layout Subsection
40870 \begin_layout Description
40872 \begin_inset space ~
40875 language is the language used in new documents
40878 \begin_layout Description
40880 \begin_inset space ~
40883 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
40885 The default is the LaTeX-command
40891 that loads the package
40899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40900 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
40901 \begin_inset space ~
40905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40907 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40917 \begin_inset Newline newline
40924 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40925 the document language.
40926 A text label is for instance the word
40927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40934 at the beginning of every table-caption.
40937 \begin_layout Description
40939 \begin_inset space ~
40942 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40943 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40944 An example is the start command
40950 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40955 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40970 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40975 \begin_layout Description
40977 \begin_inset space ~
40985 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40986 command toggles the package on and off.
40989 \begin_layout Description
40991 \begin_inset space ~
41001 \begin_layout Description
41002 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41003 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41004 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41005 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41012 \begin_layout Description
41014 \begin_inset space ~
41017 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41019 When this option is not set, the
41022 \begin_inset space ~
41027 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41028 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41031 \begin_inset space ~
41039 \begin_layout Description
41041 \begin_inset space ~
41047 \begin_inset space ~
41053 When it is not set, the
41056 \begin_inset space ~
41061 is set to the end of the document.
41064 \begin_layout Description
41066 \begin_inset space ~
41070 \begin_inset space ~
41073 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41074 language will be underlined blue.
41077 \begin_layout Description
41079 \begin_inset space ~
41083 \begin_inset space ~
41087 \begin_inset space ~
41091 \begin_inset space ~
41094 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
41098 \begin_layout Subsection
41102 \begin_layout Standard
41103 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41104 \begin_inset space ~
41108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41110 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41117 \begin_layout Section
41121 \begin_layout Subsection
41123 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41152 \begin_layout Description
41154 \begin_inset space ~
41157 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41158 The name will be used when the
41163 \begin_inset Newline newline
41167 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41175 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
41184 \begin_layout Description
41186 \begin_inset space ~
41190 \begin_inset space ~
41194 \begin_inset space ~
41197 printer This option works only for the
41202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41214 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41215 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41218 \begin_layout Description
41220 \begin_inset space ~
41223 command is the command LyX
41224 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41228 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41231 LaTeX uses for printing.
41232 The default is on most systems
41239 \begin_layout Description
41241 \begin_inset space ~
41245 \begin_inset space ~
41248 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41249 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41250 of the program that provides the
41257 \begin_layout Subsection
41262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41273 Settings ! Date format
41281 \begin_layout Standard
41282 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41283 \begin_inset Newline newline
41287 \begin_inset Flex URL
41290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41292 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41298 \begin_inset Newline newline
41301 For example the format
41302 \begin_inset Newline newline
41306 \begin_inset Newline newline
41309 prints the date as day/month/year.
41312 \begin_layout Subsection
41316 \begin_layout Description
41318 \begin_inset space ~
41322 \begin_inset space ~
41325 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41328 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41329 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41331 \begin_inset space ~
41337 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41341 \begin_layout Description
41343 \begin_inset space ~
41346 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41351 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41352 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41355 \begin_layout Subsection
41360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41368 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41370 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41387 \begin_layout Description
41392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41400 \begin_inset space ~
41403 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41408 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41430 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41443 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41444 LyX sets up in the background.
41445 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41448 \begin_layout Description
41450 \begin_inset space ~
41454 \begin_inset space ~
41457 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41462 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41465 \begin_layout Description
41467 \begin_inset space ~
41471 \begin_inset space ~
41475 \begin_inset space ~
41479 \begin_inset space ~
41483 \begin_inset space ~
41487 \begin_inset space ~
41490 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
41492 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41495 dialog when changing the document class.
41498 \begin_layout Standard
41501 External Applications
41503 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41504 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
41505 manuals of the applications.
41506 Currently the following commands can be set:
41509 \begin_layout Description
41514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41522 \begin_inset space ~
41525 command Command for the program
41529 that is described in section
41535 Additional Features
41540 \begin_layout Description
41545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41553 \begin_inset space ~
41556 command Command for the program
41560 that generates the bibliography, see section
41561 \begin_inset space ~
41565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41567 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41574 \begin_layout Description
41576 \begin_inset space ~
41579 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41580 \begin_inset space ~
41584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41586 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41593 \begin_layout Description
41595 \begin_inset space ~
41599 \begin_inset space ~
41603 \begin_inset space ~
41607 \begin_inset space ~
41610 options They only have an effect when the program
41614 is used as DVI-viewer.
41617 \begin_layout Subsection
41622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41641 \begin_layout Standard
41646 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
41649 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
41651 uses the Windows path style:
41654 \begin_layout Standard
41662 \begin_layout Standard
41663 instead of the Unix path style:
41666 \begin_layout Standard
41670 \begin_layout Section
41675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41684 \begin_layout Standard
41685 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
41686 from one format to another.
41687 You can modify them or create new ones.
41688 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
41695 \begin_inset space ~
41705 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
41709 \begin_inset space ~
41714 drop-down list, modify the
41718 field, and press the
41725 \begin_layout Standard
41728 Converter File Cache
41730 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
41733 Maximum Age (in days
41736 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
41737 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
41740 \begin_layout Standard
41741 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
41742 the converter definition, is described in section
41753 \begin_layout Section
41758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41765 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41767 name "sec:File-Formats"
41774 \begin_layout Standard
41775 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
41776 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
41778 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
41786 \begin_inset space ~
41798 \begin_layout Standard
41799 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
41800 is described in section
41811 \begin_layout Section
41816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41825 \begin_layout Standard
41826 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
41827 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
41828 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
41829 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
41830 This is done by a Copier.
41833 \begin_layout Standard
41834 More about converters is described in section
41845 \begin_layout Chapter
41846 Units available in LyX
41850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41857 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41859 name "cha:Units-available-in"
41866 \begin_layout Standard
41867 To understand the units described in this documentation,
41868 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41870 reference "cap:Units"
41874 explains all units available in LyX.
41877 \begin_layout Standard
41878 \begin_inset Float table
41884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41885 \begin_inset Caption
41887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41888 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41903 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41911 \begin_inset Tabular
41912 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
41914 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41915 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42011 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42015 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42039 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42043 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42066 scaled point (65536
42067 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42071 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42095 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42099 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42123 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42127 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42131 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42155 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42159 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42182 % of original image width
42189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42371 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42375 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42396 \begin_layout Chapter
42398 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42407 \begin_layout Standard
42408 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42409 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42412 \begin_layout Itemize
42415 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42418 \begin_layout Itemize
42424 \begin_layout Itemize
42430 \begin_layout Itemize
42436 \begin_layout Itemize
42442 \begin_layout Itemize
42448 \begin_layout Itemize
42454 \begin_layout Itemize
42460 \begin_layout Itemize
42463 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42466 \begin_layout Itemize
42472 \begin_layout Itemize
42478 \begin_layout Itemize
42484 \begin_layout Itemize
42490 \begin_layout Itemize
42496 \begin_layout Itemize
42502 \begin_layout Itemize
42508 \begin_layout Itemize
42514 \begin_layout Itemize
42516 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42525 \begin_layout Standard
42526 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42529 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42536 \begin_layout Bibliography
42537 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42538 LatexCommand bibitem
42545 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42548 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42553 \begin_inset Newline newline
42557 \begin_inset Flex URL
42560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42562 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42570 \begin_layout Bibliography
42571 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42572 LatexCommand bibitem
42573 key "latexcompanion"
42577 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42579 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42582 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42585 \begin_layout Bibliography
42586 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42587 LatexCommand bibitem
42592 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42595 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42598 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42601 \begin_layout Bibliography
42602 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42603 LatexCommand bibitem
42610 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
42613 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
42616 \begin_layout Bibliography
42617 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42618 LatexCommand bibitem
42630 Addison-Wesley, 1984
42633 \begin_layout Bibliography
42634 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42635 LatexCommand bibitem
42641 \begin_inset Newline newline
42645 \begin_inset Flex URL
42648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42650 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
42658 \begin_layout Bibliography
42659 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42660 LatexCommand bibitem
42666 \begin_inset Newline newline
42670 \begin_inset Flex URL
42673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42675 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
42683 \begin_layout Bibliography
42684 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42685 LatexCommand bibitem
42691 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42693 name "Documentation"
42694 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
42703 \begin_inset Newline newline
42707 \begin_inset Flex URL
42710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42712 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
42720 \begin_layout Bibliography
42721 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42722 LatexCommand bibitem
42728 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42730 name "Documentation"
42731 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
42740 \begin_inset Newline newline
42744 \begin_inset Flex URL
42747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42749 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
42757 \begin_layout Bibliography
42758 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42759 LatexCommand bibitem
42765 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42767 name "Documentation"
42768 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
42777 \begin_inset Newline newline
42781 \begin_inset Flex URL
42784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42786 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
42794 \begin_layout Bibliography
42795 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42796 LatexCommand bibitem
42802 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42804 name "Documentation"
42805 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
42809 of the LaTeX-package
42817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42818 LaTeX-packages ! caption
42824 \begin_inset Newline newline
42828 \begin_inset Flex URL
42831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42833 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
42841 \begin_layout Bibliography
42842 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42843 LatexCommand bibitem
42849 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42851 name "Documentation"
42852 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
42856 of the LaTeX-package
42864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42865 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
42871 \begin_inset Newline newline
42875 \begin_inset Flex URL
42878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42880 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
42888 \begin_layout Bibliography
42889 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42890 LatexCommand bibitem
42898 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42900 name "Documentation"
42901 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
42907 of the LaTeX-package
42915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42916 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
42922 \begin_inset Newline newline
42926 \begin_inset Flex URL
42929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42931 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
42939 \begin_layout Bibliography
42940 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42941 LatexCommand bibitem
42947 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42949 name "Documentation"
42950 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
42954 of the LaTeX-package
42962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42963 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
42969 \begin_inset Newline newline
42973 \begin_inset Flex URL
42976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42978 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
42986 \begin_layout Bibliography
42987 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42988 LatexCommand bibitem
42994 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42996 name "Documentation"
42997 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43001 of the LaTeX-package
43009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43010 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43016 \begin_inset Newline newline
43020 \begin_inset Flex URL
43023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43025 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43033 \begin_layout Bibliography
43034 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43035 LatexCommand bibitem
43041 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43043 name "Documentation"
43044 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43048 of the LaTeX-package
43056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43057 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43063 \begin_inset Newline newline
43067 \begin_inset Flex URL
43070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43072 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43080 \begin_layout Bibliography
43081 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43082 LatexCommand bibitem
43088 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43091 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43095 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43096 \begin_inset Newline newline
43100 \begin_inset Flex URL
43103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43105 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43113 \begin_layout Bibliography
43114 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43115 LatexCommand bibitem
43121 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43124 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43128 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43129 \begin_inset Newline newline
43133 \begin_inset Flex URL
43136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43138 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
43146 \begin_layout Bibliography
43147 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43148 LatexCommand bibitem
43154 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43157 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43161 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43162 \begin_inset Newline newline
43166 \begin_inset Flex URL
43169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43171 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43179 \begin_layout Bibliography
43180 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43181 LatexCommand bibitem
43187 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43190 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43194 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43195 \begin_inset Newline newline
43199 \begin_inset Flex URL
43202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43204 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43212 \begin_layout Bibliography
43213 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43214 LatexCommand bibitem
43220 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43223 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43227 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43228 \begin_inset Newline newline
43232 \begin_inset Flex URL
43235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43237 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43245 \begin_layout Bibliography
43246 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43247 LatexCommand bibitem
43253 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43256 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43260 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43261 \begin_inset Newline newline
43265 \begin_inset Flex URL
43268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43270 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43278 \begin_layout Bibliography
43279 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43280 LatexCommand bibitem
43286 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43289 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
43293 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
43294 \begin_inset Newline newline
43298 \begin_inset Flex URL
43301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43303 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43311 \begin_layout Bibliography
43312 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43313 LatexCommand bibitem
43319 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43322 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43326 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43327 \begin_inset Newline newline
43331 \begin_inset Flex URL
43334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43336 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
43344 \begin_layout Bibliography
43345 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43346 LatexCommand bibitem
43352 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43355 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
43359 about new features in
43364 \begin_inset Newline newline
43368 \begin_inset Flex URL
43371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43373 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
43381 \begin_layout Standard
43382 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43416 \begin_inset Note Note
43419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43426 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43427 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43428 bibliography is the second one:
43436 \begin_layout Standard
43437 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43438 LatexCommand bibtex
43439 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43440 options "biblio/alphadin"
43447 \begin_layout Standard
43448 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43451 \begin_layout Standard
43454 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43455 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43460 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43461 LatexCommand printindex